Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
     
(Mark one)
   
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
 
or
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the transition period from           to
Commission File Number 333-96619
 
Block Communications, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Ohio
  34-4374555
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
541 N. Superior Street, Toledo, Ohio   43660
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)
(419) 724-6257
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes o     No þ
     There is no public market for the registrant’s common equity, all of which is held by members of the Block family.
     As of March 24, 2005, there were outstanding 29,400 shares of the registrant’s Voting Common Stock and 428,613 shares of its Non-voting Common Stock.
 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-Looking Statements
Industry and Market Data
PART I
Item 1. Business
Cable Television
Newspaper Publishing
Television Broadcasting
Other Operations
Regulation
Employees
Item 2. Properties
Cable Television
Publishing
Television Broadcasting
Miscellaneous
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Pension and postretirement benefits
Income taxes
Broadcast rights
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Self-insurance liabilities
Accounts receivable allowances
Stock-based compensation
Revenue Recognition
Factors That Could Affect Future Results
Risks Relating to Our Cable Television Business
Risks Related to Our Newspaper Publishing Business
Risks Related to Our Television Broadcasting Business
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements and Reports on 8-K
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Significant Accounting Policies
2. Acquisitions
3. Discontinued Operations
4. Income Taxes
5. Goodwill and Other Intangibles
6. Other Accrued Liabilities
8. Retirement and Pension Plans
9. Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions
10. Long-Term Debt and Credit Arrangements
11. Commitments and Contingencies
12. Business Segment Information
13. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
EX-3.5
EX-3.6
EX-4.12
EX-10.5
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements
      This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding industry prospects and future results of operations or financial position, made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward looking. We use words such as anticipates, believes, expects, future, intends and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements reflect management’s current expectations and are inherently uncertain. Our actual results may differ significantly from management’s expectations. Risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ significantly from management’s expectations are described in greater detail in “Factors That Could Affect Future Results” set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 in this report.
Industry and Market Data
      In this report, we rely on and refer to information regarding the cable television, newspaper publishing and television broadcasting industries and our market share in the sectors in which we compete. We obtained this information from various industry publications, other publicly available information, market research and our own internal surveys and estimates. Industry publications generally state that the information therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information has not been independently verified and is not guaranteed. Similarly, other publicly available information, market research and our own internal surveys and estimates, while believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified, and we make no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of such information.
      Throughout this document, circulation data for the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette is based on average paid circulation for the twelve months ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and circulation data for The Blade is based on average paid circulation for the twelve months ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004. The circulation data is based on average paid circulation as set forth in the Audit Bureau of Circulations (“ABC”) Audit Report for such period, except for The Blade’s circulation data as of September 30, 2004. The circulation data for The Blade for the period ending September 30, 2004 is calculated in accordance with the ABC rules and regulations; however, due to the availability and timing of the ABC audits throughout 2004, these numbers have not been verified in a formal audit report received from ABC.
      There are 210 generally recognized television markets, known as Designated Market Areas, or DMAs, in the United States of Amercia. DMAs are ranked in size according to various factors based upon actual or potential audience. DMA rankings in this report are from current publicly-available data based on Nielsen Media Research.

1


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.     Business
      We are a privately held diversified media company with our primary operations in cable television, newspaper publishing and television broadcasting. We provide cable television service to the greater Toledo, Ohio metropolitan area (Buckeye CableSystem) and the Sandusky, Ohio area (Erie County CableSystem). At December 31, 2004, we had approximately 146,000 subscribers. Our systems are 100% rebuilt to 870 MHz and are basically served by a single headend. Our Toledo system is one of the largest privately owned urban cable systems in the United States. It is also one of the largest urban cable systems not owned or controlled by one of the large multiple system operators. We publish two daily metropolitan newspapers, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and The Blade in Toledo, each of which is the dominant publication in its market. The combined daily and Sunday average paid circulation of our two newspapers is approximately 383,200 and 590,200, respectively. We also own and operate four television stations: two in Louisville, Kentucky, and one each in Boise, Idaho and Lima, Ohio, and we are a two-thirds owner of a television station in Decatur, Illinois. We also have other communication operations including a commercial telecom business and a home security business. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we had revenues, operating income, and a net loss of $438.4 million, $8.5 million, and $6.8 million, respectively. Please refer to note 12 of the consolidated financial statements for detailed business segment information.
      Our shareholders, the Block family, have been in the media business for over 100 years. In 1926, the Block family acquired the first of the Company’s current holdings, The Blade, which was first published in 1835. We expanded our portfolio of newspapers in 1927 when we became the publisher of the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette. In 1965, we were awarded a franchise in Toledo to develop our cable system, which, with over 38 years of operating history, is one of the oldest continuously owned metropolitan cable systems in the United States. In 1972, we acquired the first of our current television broadcasting stations when we purchased WLIO in Lima.
      We have an experienced management team and are focused on improving the competitive position of our media properties as well as maximizing synergies between our cable television and newspaper publishing segments. In particular, we seek to capitalize upon our dominance of the cable and newspaper businesses in Toledo — a unique cross-ownership position for an urban market. We make extensive use of our newspaper and cable system to cross-promote our businesses at very low incremental costs. We can also offer advertisers multiple-media advertising strategies including newspaper, cable and Internet. The knowledge of our customers and markets gained from our various businesses enables us to identify our customers’ needs and tailor solutions to meet their business objectives.
      Our principal offices are located at 541 N. Superior Street, Toledo, Ohio 43660, and our telephone number is (419) 724-6257.
      Copies of this filing may be obtained at no charge by contacting Jodi Miehls at the above address.
Cable Television
      We provide cable television service to the greater Toledo metropolitan area (Buckeye CableSystem or the Toledo system) and the Sandusky, Ohio area (Erie County CableSystem). In addition to traditional cable television service, we also provide high-speed cable modem Internet access and digital cable service in both systems. Our cable television operations generated revenues and operating income of $121.2 million and $8.6 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2004.

2


Table of Contents

      In 2002, we completed the rebuild of Buckeye CableSystem, and in 2004 we completed the rebuild of Erie County CableSystem from a one-way coaxial cable plant to an 870 MHz hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) two-way interactive system. The rebuild allows us to provide advanced cable services that we believe will help us maintain our dominant position in the markets we serve. These services currently include up to 304 analog and digital video and digital music channels, high-speed Internet, high-definition digital television service, video on demand service, digital video recording service, and in 2005, the systems will offer residential telephony service.
      On March 29, 2002, we completed an asset exchange with Comcast Corp. involving the exchange of our cable system in Monroe, Michigan, a lower growth area approximately 15 miles north of Toledo, for Comcast’s system in Bedford, Michigan, a Toledo suburb, plus a cash payment to us of $12.1 million. The exchange enabled us to expand our subscriber base in a contiguous high-growth suburban area we already partially served and increase the efficiency of our cable cluster by reducing the number of our headends.
Cable Television Business Strategy
      We are pursuing the following cable television strategies:
      Operate Highly Advanced and Efficient Cable Networks. We invested approximately $89 million to rebuild the Toledo system to 870 MHz. Our rebuilt system allows us to offer higher margin advanced services, such as high-speed two-way cable modem, digital, and high-definition television. The rebuild also increased channel capacity to our current 304 analog and digital video and digital music channels, which can be significantly expanded by recapturing some of our 89 analog channels and converting them to digital channels. While most cable system operators have chosen to upgrade their systems to 750 MHz, we invested in the increased bandwidth, which provides additional capacity for future services.
      All of our Toledo system subscribers are served by our advanced 870 MHz system from a single headend. In addition, our Toledo headend serves our Erie County system through a fiber interconnection. A rebuild of our Erie County system was completed in 2004. We invested approximately $14.9 million to rebuild the Erie County system to 870 MHz. The completion of the Erie County system rebuild will enable us to serve 100% of our subscribers from a single headend. While the Toledo system was initially designed to support 500 homes per fiber node, our system can easily be divided to an average of 125 homes per fiber node when demand warrants. Our Erie County system was initially designed to support 1,000 homes per fiber node and can easily be divided to an average of 250 homes per fiber node when demand warrants. This allows us to efficiently increase subscribers and provide additional advanced services without sacrificing system performance or reliability.
      Offer Local Cable Exclusive Programming. Since 1989, Buckeye CableSystem has provided its customers with a locally programmed channel, TV5, which is run in the same manner as a broadcast station- obtaining its own programming through syndications. In 1995, TV5 became the exclusive market affiliate for the WB Network, the first cable channel in the country to be so designated.
      In January 2004, Buckeye launched Buckeye Cable Sports Network (BCSN), a 24-hour per day, locally produced channel for local sports. BCSN covers men and women’s high-school, college, professional and amateur sports, mainly from the Northwest Ohio area on a live and tape-delayed basis. Buckeye believes these locally controlled and programmed channels offer a competitive advantage over other multichannel video competitors.
      Utilize Significant Marketing Power. Buckeye CableSystem benefits from our dominant position as a multi-media provider in the greater Toledo metropolitan area. We believe we are the only urban cable operator in the United States with cross-ownership of the primary newspaper in its market. The Blade provides fill-in advertising space to market our cable services and to promote our brand awareness at a very low incremental cost. We advertise our services on BCSN and 40 other cable channels — over 10,000 spots per month in 2004 — providing us an additional low-cost advertising source. We use these marketing resources to promote existing services, enhance the introduction and roll-out of new services, and build a strong competitive barrier.

3


Table of Contents

      Roll-out Advanced Services. Our investment in our cable systems’ state-of-the-art cable network combined with our significant marketing power positions us to successfully roll out advanced services and further increase our revenue per subscriber. High-speed cable modem customers exceeded 37,000 at December 31, 2004, a growth of nearly 8,000 during the year. Digital cable customers exceeded 50,000 at December 31, 2004, a growth of nearly 13,000 customers during the twelve month period. In addition, Buckeye CableSystem launched high-definition digital television service in 2003 and launched video-on-demand, subscription video-on-demand service, and digital video recording service in 2004.
      Maintain Superior Customer Satisfaction. Our Service TV(R) brand embodies our total commitment to providing superior cable television service, which has resulted in high levels of customer satisfaction and retention. We strive to provide exceptional programming and signal quality, and we continuously monitor our fiber nodes and power supplies to maintain a highly reliable cable system through our Network Operations Center which is manned 24 hours a day. We also operate a call center with customer relations representatives available around the clock, maintain convenient customer service locations and offer next day, two-hour appointment windows for installation or in-home repairs. We believe our superior customer service, along with our state-of-the art cable systems, provide a significant defensive measure against direct broadcast satellite (DBS) operators.
Cable Television Services
      We offer our customers traditional cable television services and programming as well as new and advanced services currently consisting of high-speed Internet access, digital cable service, and high-definition digital television service, video on demand, subscription video on demand service and digital video recording service. We plan to continue to enhance these services by adding new programming and other advanced services as they are developed, as well as expansion of our video-on-demand and subscription video-on-demand products.
Core Cable Television Services
      Our basic channel line-up and additional channel offerings for each system are designed according to demographics, programming preferences, channel capacity, competition and price sensitivity. Our core cable television service offerings include the following:
      Limited Basic Service. Our limited basic service includes, for a monthly fee, local broadcast channels, including network and independent stations, limited satellite-delivered programming, local public, government, and leased access channels. In addition, our Buckeye CableSystem offers BCSN and WB TV5 as part of the limited basic service.
      Expanded Basic Service. Our expanded basic service includes, for an additional monthly fee, various satellite-delivered networks such as CNN, MTV, USA Network, ESPN, Lifetime, Nickelodeon and TNT.
      Premium Service. Our premium services are satellite-delivered channels consisting principally of feature films, original programming, live sports events, concerts and other special entertainment features, usually presented without commercial interruption. HBO, Cinemax, Showtime, The Movie Channel and STARZ are typical examples. Such premium programming services are offered both on a per-service basis and as part of premium service packages designed to enhance customer value.
      The significant expansion of bandwidth capacity resulting from the rebuild of our systems allows us to expand the use of multichannel packaging strategies for marketing and promoting premium and niche programming services.
      Pay-Per-View Service. Our pay-per-view services allow customers to pay to view a single showing of a feature film, live sporting event, concert or other special event, on an unedited, commercial-free basis.

4


Table of Contents

Advanced Analog Services
      Buckeye CableSystem offers advanced analog cable services to customers who do not subscribe to the higher priced digital cable service. This service utilizes a converter box that is substantially less expensive than a digital box. Buckeye’s advanced analog services include:
  •  up to 89 analog video channels including 9 multiplexed premium channels and six pay-per-view channels;
 
  •  a new product tier consisting of six basic-type video channels and 32 digital music channels; and
 
  •  an interactive on-screen program guide to help customers navigate the program choices and receive information about the programming.
Digital Cable Services
      Digital video technology offers significant advantages. Most importantly, this technology allows us to greatly increase our channel offerings through the use of compression, which converts one analog channel into six to 12 digital channels. The implementation of digital technology has significantly enhanced and expanded the video and other service offerings we provide to our customers.
      Buckeye’s customers currently have available digital cable programming services that include:
  •  68 analog video channels;
 
  •  up to 66 bundled digital basic channels;
 
  •  up to 48 multiplexed premium channels;
 
  •  up to 62 pay-per-view movie and sports channels;
 
  •  up to 47 digital music channels;
 
  •  up to 15 high-definition digital television channels; and
 
  •  Video on demand service which allows customers to purchase movies, programs, or special events, or view for no additional charge programs on demand with the ability to fast forward, pause, and rewind a program at will. Local programming content from our BCSN local sports channel and local broadcast channels’ newscasts are also available at no charge to digital customers;
 
  •  Subscription video on demand service which allows for the purchase of monthly programming packages with the ability to view those programs on demand with the ability to fast forward, pause, and rewind a program at will;
 
  •  Digital video recorders which allow customers to pause, rewind and “catch-up” to live television, as well as, provide for easy one-touch recording without the use of video cassette tapes, and
 
  •  an interactive on-screen program guide to help customers navigate the new digital choices and receive information about the programming.
      Digital cable services are available to 100% of our subscribers.
High-Speed Internet Access
      Our broadband cable networks enable data to be transmitted up to 90 times faster than traditional telephone modem technologies. This high-speed capability allows cable modem customers to receive and transmit large files from the Internet in a fraction of the time required when using the traditional telephone modem. It also allows much quicker response times when surfing the Internet, providing a richer experience for the customer. In addition, the two-way cable modem service offered by our systems eliminates the need for a telephone line for Internet service, is always activated, and does not require a customer to dial into the Internet service provider and await authorization.

5


Table of Contents

      We offer four tiers of service that provide different speeds and features to meet the needs of any customer desiring internet service. Our high-speed internet access service is available to 100% of our customers.
Advertising
      We receive revenue from the sale of local advertising on satellite-delivered channels such as CNN, MTV, USA Network, ESPN, Lifetime, Nickelodeon and TNT. We also sell advertising on our local channels, WB TV5 and BCSN. Six of the channels we insert advertising on are zoned, which allows for more targeted advertising to reach three specific targeted geographic areas. We have an in-house production facility and a sales force covering our markets. Advertising sales accounted for 7.4% of our combined cable revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Future Services
      Residential Telephone Service. We plan on offering residential telephone service during the first quarter of 2005 utilizing internet protocol (IP) technology from the customer’s premise to our headend. At the headend, the call will be connected to the public switched telephone network for transport to the called party. Various service packages will be offered which may include long distance and calling features such as caller ID, voice mail, and call forwarding.
      Interactive Services. Our rebuilt cable networks have the capacity to deliver various interactive television services not currently provided, such as the following:
  •  Interactive viewing services enabled by middleware vendors such as Open TV and ICTV that provide viewers options such as various camera angles on sports broadcasts, access to ancillary programming, access to customer account information on the television, and the ability to play interactive games individually or against other subscribers.
 
  •  Walled garden Internet access that provides restricted Internet access to sites created for television delivery that may feature local weather, news, or community events.
 
  •  Tailored advertising that could allow cable networks to transmit advertisements tailored to several target audiences simultaneously during a single program transmission.
 
  •  Enhanced programming information, interactive advertising and impulse sales enabled by application providers such as SeaChange and Gemstar that allow subscribers to click on-screen icons for ancillary program information and e-commerce transactions.
Pricing of Our Services
      Our cable revenues are derived primarily from the monthly fees our customers pay for cable services. Our rates vary by the market served and by the type of service selected and are usually adjusted annually. As of December 31, 2004, our monthly fees for expanded basic cable service were $39.99 for Toledo (Buckeye) and $39.15 for Erie County. Effective February 1, 2005, we increased our average monthly fees for expanded basic service to $41.99 for Toledo (Buckeye) and $41.40 for Erie County. A one-time installation fee is charged to new customers, but may be waived during certain promotions. We believe our rate practices are in accordance with the FCC guidelines and are consistent with industry practices.

6


Table of Contents

      Our service offerings vary by market. The current monthly price ranges for our cable services on a stand-alone basis are as follows:
           
Service   Price Range
     
Limited basic cable service
  $ 10.95-$12.15  
Expanded basic cable service
  $ 41.40-$41.99  
Premium services
  $ 10.50-$14.95  
Pay-Per-View (per event)
  $ 3.95-$49.95  
Digital cable packages
  $ 49.94-$91.99  
High-definition programming tier
  $ 10.95  
High-speed cable modem:
       
 
Residential (cable subscriber)
  $ 19.99-$69.99  
 
Residential (cable nonsubscriber)
  $ 29.99-$79.99  
 
Commercial
  $ 69.99  
 
Commercial (cable nonsubscriber)
  $ 79.99  
      We also offer packages of cable services at discounts from the stand-alone rates for each individual service.

7


Table of Contents

Cable Systems
      The following table sets forth selected financial, operating and technical information regarding our cable systems:
                           
    Toledo (Buckeye)   Erie County    
    CableSystem   CableSystem   Totals
             
Financial Data:
                       
Revenue (in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2004
  $ 108,791     $ 12,425     $ 121,216  
Average monthly revenue per basic
subscriber(1):
                       
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
  $ 69.80     $ 57.20     $ 68.26  
Cable Operating Data (as of December 31, 2004):
                       
Basic:
                       
 
Homes passed(2)
    224,151       29,662       253,813  
 
Subscribers
    128,213       17,738       145,951  
 
Penetration(3)
    57.2 %     59.8 %     57.5 %
Premium:
                       
 
Units(4)
    57,456       4,221       61,677  
 
Penetration(5)
    44.8 %     23.8 %     42.3 %
Digital:
                       
 
Digital-ready basic subscribers(6)
    128,213       17,738       145,951  
 
Subscribers
    45,871       4,854       50,725  
 
Penetration(7)
    35.8 %     27.4 %     34.7 %
Cable Modem:
                       
 
Homes passed(2)
    224,151       29,662       253,813  
 
Subscribers
    35,013       2,689       37,702  
 
Penetration(3)
    15.6 %     9.1 %     14.9 %
Cable Network Data:
                       
 
Miles of plant — coax
    2,217       369       2,586  
 
Miles of plant — fiber(8)
    1,397       212       1,609  
 
Density(9)
    101       80       98  
 
Plant bandwidth(10) 870 MHz
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
(1)  Represents average monthly revenues for the period divided by the average number of basic subscribers throughout the period.
 
(2)  Represents the number of living units, such as single residence homes, apartments and condominiums, passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area to which we offer the named service.
 
(3)  Represents subscribers to the named service as a percentage of homes passed.
 
(4)  Represents the number of subscriptions to premium services. A subscriber may purchase more than one premium service, each of which is counted as a separate premium service unit.
 
(5)  Represents premium service units as a percentage of basic subscribers. This ratio may be greater than 100% if the average basic subscriber subscribes to more than one premium service unit.
 
(6)  Represents basic subscribers to whom digital service is available.
 
(7)  Represents digital subscribers as a percentage of digital-ready basic subscribers.
 
(8)  Fiber plant serves cable hubs and nodes as well as telecom customers served by Buckeye TeleSystem.

8


Table of Contents

(9)  Density represents homes passed divided by miles of coaxial plant.
(10)  Plant bandwidth represents the percentage of customers within the system served by the indicated plant bandwidth.
Markets Served
      Greater Toledo Metropolitan Area. As of December 31, 2004, Toledo’s system passed approximately 224,200 homes and served approximately 128,200 basic subscribers. The 26 franchises served by Buckeye have a combined population of approximately 554,000. With a population of 655,530, the three-county Toledo Metropolitan Statistical Area is the 69th largest MSA in the country. Toledo’s major non-governmental employers include ProMedica Health Systems, Mercy Health Partners, Daimler-Chrysler, Bowling Green State University, The University of Toledo, General Motors, and the Medical College of Ohio. Other significant Toledo-based companies include Dana Corporation, Owens-Illinois and Pilkington Glass.
      Sandusky, Ohio. As of December 31, 2004, our Erie County system passed approximately 29,700 homes and served approximately 17,700 basic subscribers. The 11 franchises served by our Erie County system have a combined population of approximately 79,500. Sandusky’s major non-governmental employers include Cedar Fair/ Cedar Point, Delphi Automotive System, Visteon Automotive Systems, Lear Automotive, Tenneco and Firelands Community Hospital.
System Design
      The architecture of Toledo’s 870 MHz HFC system consists of approximately 2,217 miles of coaxial cable and 1,397 miles of fiber optic cable, passing approximately 224,200 households and serving approximately 128,200 customers. The system includes a single headend. The new headend was completed at the beginning of 1997 to coincide with the beginning of the system rebuild. Thirteen hubs located throughout the greater Toledo metropolitan area are connected by redundant fiber-optic cable rings back to the master headend, thereby reducing the frequency and size of service outages. From each of these thirteen hubs, fiber-optic cable extends to nodes, each serving on average 500 homes. Coaxial cable connects the node to each customer’s home or building.
      The system was also designed to provide a clean migration path to future system needs by allowing additional spectrum to be allocated to interactive services as conditions require. The system provides for 12 strands of fiber to each node with two strands activated and 10 strands reserved for future services. Moreover, the 500-home fiber nodes can easily be divided to an average of 125 homes per fiber node when demand warrants. As more individualized services are offered, this additional bandwidth will reduce the need for future construction and will provide great flexibility in our provision of services to our customers.
      The rebuilt system currently offers 89 analog video channels on our advanced analog service and approximately 304 analog and digital video and digital music channels on our digital cable service, including 15 high definition digital channels. Additional channels are allocated to support video on demand sessions. The system offers the ability to significantly increase channel capacity by recapturing some of the analog channels and converting them to digital channels.
      We monitor all of the fiber nodes and power supplies in Toledo’s cable network 24 hours per day, seven days per week, providing reliable service and high customer satisfaction. The cost of this monitoring is shared by our cable and commercial telecom operations. In addition, we have a supporting power system that was built to provide battery backup for four to six hours in the event of a local power outage. For more extended power outages, generators can be used to provide power indefinitely. This is critical as “always on” services such as cable modems and other two-way telecommunications services become more prevalent.
      Our Erie County system is an 870 MHz two-way interactive system. The system uses fiber-optic cable to extend to nodes, each designed to serve 1,000 homes per node. Coaxial cable connects the node to each customer’s home or building. The Erie County system receives programming and services through the Toledo headend, via a fiber interconnect, thereby reducing operating costs.

9


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing
      Buckeye markets its cable services through the use of our dominant advertising resources in the greater Toledo metropolitan area. Because of our advertising strength, most of Buckeye’s cable television service sales result from customer and potential customer inquiries. We invest a significant amount of time, effort and financial resources in the training and evaluation of our marketing professionals and customer relations representatives. Our customer sales representatives use their frequent contact with our customers as opportunities to sell our new services. As a result, we can accelerate the introduction of new services to our customers and achieve high success rates in attracting and retaining customers. Buckeye also has its own telemarketing staff for outbound sales calls and a door-to-door sales team utilizing in-house and outsourced personnel. Erie County markets its cable services through use of its advertising availability rights on its cable channels for spot advertising, as well as through bill inserts, direct mail and radio and print media advertising.
Programming
      We believe that providing a large selection of conveniently scheduled programming is an important factor influencing a customer’s decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. To appeal to both existing and potential customers, we devote considerable resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming. We determine channel offerings in each of our markets by reviewing market research and examining customer demographics and local programming preferences. We contract with suppliers to obtain programming for our systems, payment for which is typically based on a fixed fee per customer per month. These contracts are typically for a fixed period of time and are subject to negotiated renewal. We purchase the majority of our cable programming through the National Cable Television Cooperative (“NCTC”). This organization aggregates more than 14 million cable subscribers for the purpose of obtaining programming at volume-based discounts. We also purchase programming directly from suppliers who do not have agreements with the NCTC or if they can provide better terms than through the NCTC.
      Along with the rest of the cable industry, we have felt the impact of increasing programming costs. Programming is our cable systems’ largest cash operating expense. Our basic cable programming costs increased by 11.4% and 6.4% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. This is primarily due to increasing costs for sports programming, including the programming costs associated with BCSN, and our need for new channels to match satellite competition. Because of our size, we are unable to negotiate the more favorable rates that are granted to large national multiple system operators.
      In 1989, Buckeye launched TV5, a locally programmed channel that is run in the same manner as a broadcast station — obtaining its own programming through syndicators, arranging for coverage of local and regional sports contests and doing its own independent marketing. TV5 was conceived to provide us with a competitive advantage should an overbuilder become active in our service area. In 1995, TV5 became the exclusive market affiliate for the WB network, the first cable channel in the country to be so designated. Its popularity continues to increase. Buckeye has contracted to provide WB TV5 to cable operators in other cities in the Toledo DMA, which adds to its popularity and provides more viewers for advertising.
      Buckeye also operates a Community Channel on which locally produced programming is shown free of charge if it is deemed of sufficient interest. In addition to programming provided by outsiders, Buckeye provides live coverage of Toledo City Council meetings. We have also offered to cablecast a select number of council and trustees meetings from other franchise areas.
      In January 2004, the Toledo system launched BCSN, a 24-hour per day, locally produced channel for local sports. BCSN covers men’s and women’s high school, college, professional and amateur sports, mainly from the Northwest Ohio area, on a live and tape delayed basis. Buckeye believes local programming such as BCSN offers a competitive advantage over direct broadcast satellite competitors.

10


Table of Contents

Franchises
      Cable television systems are constructed and operated under fixed-term, non-exclusive franchises or other types of operating permits granted by local governmental authorities. Franchises typically contain many conditions, such as:
  •  time limitations on commencement and completion of system construction;
 
  •  conditions of service, including mix of programming required to meet the needs and interests of the community;
 
  •  the provision of free service to schools and certain other public institutions;
 
  •  the maintenance of insurance and indemnity bonds; and
 
  •  the payment of fees to communities.
      Certain provisions of these local franchises are subject to limits imposed by federal law.
      We hold a total of 37 franchises. These franchises require the payment of fees to the issuing authorities ranging from 3% to 5% of gross revenues (as defined by each franchise agreement) from the related cable system. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984 (“1984 Cable Act”) prohibits franchising authorities from imposing annual franchise fees in excess of 5% of gross annual revenues and permits the cable television system operator to seek renegotiation and modification of franchise requirements if warranted by changed circumstances that render performance commercially impracticable.
      Buckeye has 26 franchises, most of which have 20 year terms, and 99% of Buckeye’s subscribers are covered under agreements that expire after 2016. Erie County has a total of 11 franchises and 98% of Erie County’s subscribers are covered under agreements with expiration dates in 2011 or thereafter.
      The 1984 Cable Act and the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (“1992 Cable Act”) provide, among other things, for an orderly franchise renewal process, which limits a franchising authority’s ability to deny a franchise renewal if the incumbent operator follows prescribed renewal procedures. In addition, the 1984 and 1992 Cable Acts establish comprehensive renewal procedures, which require, when properly elected by an operator, that an incumbent franchisee’s renewal application be assessed on its own merits and not as part of a comparative process with competing applications. Upon a franchise renewal request, however, a franchise authority may seek to add new and more onerous requirements upon the cable operator, such as significant upgrades in facilities and services or increased franchise fees, as a condition of renewal. We believe that our relationships with local franchise authorities are excellent.
Competition — Cable Television Services
      Cable television systems face competition from alternative methods of distributing video programming and from other sources of news, information and entertainment. These include off-air television broadcast programming, direct broadcast satellite, newspapers, movie theaters, live sporting events, interactive online computer services and home video products, including VCRs and DVDs. The extent to which a cable television system is competitive depends, in part, upon that system’s ability to provide, at a reasonable price to customers, a greater variety of programming and other communications services than those available off-air or through alternative delivery sources and upon superior technical performance and customer service.
      Off-Air Broadcast Television. Viewers who do not wish to pay for television programming have the option of receiving broadcast signals directly from local television broadcasting stations. The extent to which a cable system competes with over-the-air broadcasting depends upon the quality and quantity of the broadcast signals available by direct antenna reception compared to the quality and quantity of such signals and alternative services offered by the cable system. Viewers in the service area of Buckeye’s system are able to receive over-the-air signals of varying quality from up to 13 broadcast stations, and viewers in the service area of our Erie County system are able to receive such signals from up to 16 broadcast stations.

11


Table of Contents

      Direct Broadcast Satellites. The fastest growing method of satellite distribution is by high-powered direct broadcast satellites utilizing video compression technology, which provides programming comparable to our digital cable service. Direct broadcast satellite service can be received virtually anywhere in the United States through small rooftop or side-mounted dish antennae that are generally not subject to local restrictions on location and use. Direct broadcast satellite service is presently being heavily marketed on a nationwide basis by DirecTV and EchoStar. Both of these providers offer service, including local broadcast channels, in the Toledo and Erie County markets, and have entered into national agreements with incumbent local exchange carriers, SBC and Verizon, to begin reselling their services. Direct broadcast satellite systems offer multichannel video programming packages which are similar to our packages of video services.
      Competing Franchises. Cable television systems generally operate pursuant to franchises granted on a non-exclusive basis. Franchising authorities may not unreasonably deny requests for additional franchises and may operate cable television systems themselves. Well-financed businesses from outside the cable television industry (such as the public utilities that own the poles to which cable is attached) may become competitors for franchises or providers of competing services. In the Toledo market, Buckeye faces cable competition from Adelphia in a few outlying areas where the two systems have overbuilt plant passing approximately 15,500 homes, or approximately 7% of the total homes passed by our Toledo cable system. We believe that the capital costs of matching Buckeye’s rebuilt system, together with our advertising dominance, exclusive locally produced sports channel (BCSN), and our customer service reputation, pose a formidable competitive barrier. In its market, Erie County does not currently face competition from competing cable operators.
      Satellite Master Antenna Television Systems (SMATV). Cable television operators also face competition from private satellite master antenna television systems that serve condominiums, apartment and office complexes and private residential developments. As long as they do not use public rights-of-way, satellite master antenna television systems can interconnect non-commonly owned buildings without having to comply with many of the local, state and federal regulations that are imposed on cable television systems. There are a few SMATV systems in the Toledo area serving apartments and mobile home parks. We are not aware of any SMATV operators in our Erie County service area.
      Local Multipoint Distribution Service. Local multipoint distribution service, a new wireless service, can deliver over 100 channels of programming directly to consumers’ homes. It is uncertain whether this spectrum will be used to compete with franchised cable television systems.
      Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Systems. Multichannel multipoint distribution systems use low power microwave frequencies to transmit video programming over the air to customers. Wireless distribution services provide many of the same programming services as cable television systems, and digital compression technology is likely to increase significantly the channel capacity of their systems.
      Local Exchange Carriers. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (“1996 Telecom Act”) allows local exchange carriers and others to compete with cable television systems and other video services in their telephone service territory, subject to certain regulatory requirements. Unlike cable television systems, local exchange carriers are not required, under certain circumstances, to obtain local franchises to deliver video services and are not subject to certain obligations imposed under such franchises. Local exchange carriers use a variety of distribution methods, including both broadband wire facilities and wireless transmission facilities within and outside of their telephone service areas. Local exchange carriers and other telephone companies have an existing relationship with the households in their service areas and have substantial financial resources.
      Other New Technologies. Other new technologies, including video programming via broadband internet connections, may compete with cable television systems. Advances in communications technology, as well as changes in the marketplace and the regulatory and legislative environments, are constantly occurring. We are not, therefore, able to predict the effect that current or future developments might have on the cable industry or on our operations. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

12


Table of Contents

Competition — Internet Services
      We first began to offer broadband Internet access in mid-1999. As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 37,700 broadband Internet subscribers, primarily in the Toledo area. Competition for broadband Internet services in our markets includes digital subscriber line services provided by or through local telephone exchange carriers and wireless broadband Internet services provided by wireless communications companies. Digital subscriber line technology, known as DSL, allows Internet access to subscribers over conventional telephone lines at data transmission speeds comparable to those of cable modems, putting it in direct competition with cable modem service.
      Numerous companies, including telephone companies, have introduced DSL service, and certain telephone companies are seeking to provide high-speed broadband services, including interactive online services, without regard to present service boundaries and other regulatory restrictions. DSL and wireless broadband services are offered in some portions of our service area. We are unable to predict the likelihood of success of these competing broadband Internet services. However, we believe that our technology, local customer service reputation and ability to package bundled video and Internet services will provide us with competitive advantages.
      Our broadband Internet services also compete for customers with traditional slower-speed dial-up Internet service providers, commonly known as ISPs. Traditional dial-up ISP services have the advantages of lower price, earlier market entry, and in some cases nationwide marketing and proprietary content. We believe that over time the rapid development of rich broadband content will persuade more and more customers of the advantages of a broadband connection.
      A case is pending in the United States Supreme Court, and two rulemaking proceedings are pending at the FCC, the results of which will determine the regulatory treatment of Internet access offered by cable companies over cable plant, including the power of local governments to regulate the service and to require the payment of franchise fees on the service, and whether cable companies must allow internet-service competitors access to cable plant. We are unable to predict the outcome of this proceeding or its effects upon our business.
Newspaper Publishing
      Our two daily metropolitan newspapers, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette and The Blade, are the dominant newspapers in their respective markets. Our newspapers have a combined daily and Sunday average paid circulation of approximately 383,200 and 590,200, respectively. We believe the leading positions of our newspapers result from our long standing presence, our commitment to high standards of journalistic excellence and integrity, and our emphasis on local news, local impacts of national and international news, and service to our communities. Our newspapers have received many national and regional awards for editorial excellence. Our newspaper publishing operations generated revenues and an operating loss of $257.5 million and $419,000, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2004. We are pursuing the following newspaper publishing strategies:
        Produce the Highest Quality Newspaper in Our Markets. We believe our reputation for producing high-quality publications is the foundation for our publishing success. We are frequently recognized by our industry for the quality of our journalism. Both newspapers have won numerous awards, including Pulitzer Prizes for Photography awarded to the Post-Gazette in 1992 and 1998 and for Investigative Reporting awarded to The Blade in 2004. We maintain a highly regarded staff of columnists and editors committed to excellence, and we are continuously seeking to improve our publications.

13


Table of Contents

        Implement Cost Rationalization Initiatives. To improve cash flow at our newspapers, we have embarked upon a comprehensive review of our cost structure, including labor expenses and other significant operating costs. We are currently reviewing staffing requirements for opportunities to realize labor efficiencies. With respect to other operating costs, our newspapers coordinate purchasing requirements and have achieved favorable terms on newsprint purchases. In addition, we have reduced the page width at The Blade from 54 to 50 inches during the third quarter of 2002, and we reduced the page width at Post-Gazette from 54 inches to 50 inches during the fourth quarter of 2004. We believe the completion of these projects reduced our annual newsprint consumption by approximately 7%. If the Post-Gazette initiative had been completed by January 1, 2004, we would have realized savings of approximately $1.6 million in newsprint costs for the year ended December 31, 2004. Since the presses were converted gradually throughout 2004, actual savings approximated $735,000.
 
        Strengthen our Brands by Focusing on Local News and Community Service. Each of our newspapers is a leading local news and information source with strong brand recognition in its market. We believe that maintaining our position as a primary source of local news will continue to provide a powerful platform upon which to serve the local communities and local advertisers. We intend to continue to increase brand awareness and market penetration through local marketing partnerships, creative subscriber campaigns, strong customer service and the use of our two interactive online newspaper editions. Our two Web sites, post-gazette.com and toledoblade.com, are the most frequently visited local media sites in their respective markets according to an independent research organization. These two leading sites increase our market presence and provide an additional source of advertising revenue.
 
        Pursue Circulation and Other Revenue Growth Opportunities. We are continuously evaluating ways to expand circulation and increase revenues. We are using new suburban zone coverage, customer service programs and targeted marketing campaigns to increase our circulation. We believe that through the use of zoning (news and advertising directed to a particular local area), research, and demographic studies, our marketing programs better meet the unique needs of individual advertisers, thus maximizing advertising revenues. Capitalizing on our high penetration, we have also launched in Toledo a broad market coverage program in which we deliver preprinted advertising inserts to all subscriber and non-subscriber households in areas targeted by the advertiser. We also plan to grow our revenue by expanding our delivery services for third-party publishers and increasing advertising on our Web sites.
The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette
      Founded in 1786, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette is the leading newspaper in Pittsburgh and Western Pennsylvania and has a long history of service and journalistic excellence. The Post-Gazette has more than twice the circulation of any other newspaper in the Pittsburgh Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA). The Post-Gazette has a daily average paid circulation of approximately 243,800 and a Sunday average paid circulation of approximately 406,300, resulting in penetration of approximately 40% daily and 59% Sunday in the Pittsburgh city zone (Pittsburgh and nearby suburbs). Our dominant market position allows us to capture advertising revenue significantly greater than that of any other newspaper in this market.
      The Post-Gazette is a morning daily and Sunday newspaper covering 16 counties in Western Pennsylvania, Northern West Virginia and Western Maryland, including the greater Pittsburgh metropolitan area. With a population of 2.4 million, the six-county Pittsburgh MSA is currently the 22nd largest MSA in the United States. The population of the 16-county area served by the Post-Gazette is approximately 2.9 million. Pittsburgh’s major non-governmental employers include UPMC Health System, US Airways, West Penn Allegheny Health System, the University of Pittsburgh, PNC Financial Services Group and United States Steel Corporation. Other significant Pittsburgh-based companies include H.J. Heinz Company, PPG Industries, Federated Investors, Alcoa and FreeMarkets.

14


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth certain circulation, advertising lineage and operating revenue information for the Post-Gazette for the past three years:
                             
    2002   2003   2004
             
Circulation(1):
                       
 
Daily (excluding Saturday)
    244,969       245,624       243,806  
 
Sunday
    410,879       408,102       406,262  
Advertising lineage (in thousands of inches):
                       
 
Retail
    564       512       462  
 
National
    139       156       173  
 
Classified
    646       620       680  
                   
 
Total
    1,349       1,288       1,315  
 
Part run
    217       175       213  
                   
   
Total inches
    1,566       1,463       1,528  
                   
Operating revenues (in thousands):
                       
 
Third-party advertising
  $ 142,890     $ 137,354     $ 142,753  
 
Circulation
    32,157       31,003       30,450  
 
Other
    1,668       1,574       1,849  
                   
   
Total revenues
  $ 176,715     $ 169,931     $ 175,052  
                   
 
(1)  From the ABC Audit Reports as of March 31 of each year.
      The Post-Gazette concentrates on local and regional news of Pittsburgh and Western Pennsylvania and has 236 full-time and 41 part-time editors, reporters and photographers on its staff. It draws upon the news reporting facilities of the major wire services and, with The Blade, maintains a three-person bureau in Washington, D.C. The Post-Gazette also maintains a news bureau in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, the state capital, and five local news bureaus in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.
      The Post-Gazette publishes and prints all of its newspapers at its facilities in downtown Pittsburgh, and then utilizes 16 depots located throughout the greater Pittsburgh area for distribution. Sophisticated computer systems are used for writing, editing, composing and producing the printing plates used in each edition. The Post-Gazette has six letterpress presses with new color flexo units on each press. The flexo units provide state-of-the-art color to the fronts and backs of most sections. Daily inserts are assembled at our downtown facility. Sunday inserts are assembled at a separate plant, five miles from our downtown plant, and transported directly to our distribution centers. We are in the process of a reconfiguration and renovation of our press lines and mailroom that will be completed in early 2005.
      The Post-Gazette is distributed primarily through independent home delivery carriers and single-copy dealers. Home delivery accounted for approximately 76% of circulation for the daily editions and approximately 59% of circulation for the Sunday edition during 2004. The newsstand price is $0.50 for the daily paper and $1.50 for the Sunday edition. Annual rates for direct payment subscriptions are $143.00 (effective October 1, 2003) for daily and Sunday, $96.20 for Friday, Saturday and Sunday, $78.00 for Sunday only and $78.00 for Monday through Friday.

15


Table of Contents

The Blade
      Founded in 1835, The Blade is the leading newspaper in Northwest Ohio by average paid circulation and has a significant influence on the civic, political, economic and cultural life of its subscribers and the communities it serves. The Blade is the oldest continuing business in Toledo and has no significant newspaper competition. The Blade has a daily average paid circulation of approximately 139,300 and a Sunday average paid circulation of approximately 183,900, resulting in penetration in the Toledo city zone (Toledo and nearby suburbs) of approximately 50% daily and 63% Sunday, the highest Sunday city zone penetration rate of any newspaper in Ohio. This combination of high circulation and penetration is central to our success in attracting advertising and maintaining our dominant share of market revenue.
      The Blade is a morning daily and Sunday newspaper covering 14 counties in northwest Ohio and southeast Michigan, including the greater Toledo metropolitan area. With a population of 655,530, the three-county Toledo MSA is currently the 69th largest MSA in the United States. The combined population of the 14-county area served by The Blade is approximately 1,280,000. Toledo’s major non-governmental employers include ProMedica Health Systems, Mercy Health Partners, Daimler-Chrysler, Bowling Green State University, The University of Toledo, General Motors, and the Medical College of Ohio. Other significant Toledo-based companies include Dana Corporation, Owens-Illinois, HCR ManorCare and Pilkington Glass.
      The following table sets forth certain circulation, advertising lineage and operating revenue information for The Blade for the past three years:
                             
    2002   2003   2004
             
Circulation(1):
                       
 
Daily (including Saturday)
    140,101       138,976       139,346  
 
Sunday
    190,526       185,781       183,938  
Advertising lineage (in thousands of inches):
                       
 
Retail
    450       396       417  
 
National
    64       73       81  
 
Classified
    402       423       451  
                   
   
Total inches
    916       892       949  
                   
Operating revenues (in thousands):
                       
 
Advertising
  $ 66,348     $ 67,034     $ 69,161  
 
Intercompany advertising
    (3,752 )     (3,738 )     (4,272 )
 
Circulation
    17,789       17,918       17,343  
 
Other
    156       189       251  
                   
   
Total revenues
  $ 80,541     $ 81,403     $ 82,483  
                   
 
(1)  From the ABC Audit Reports as of September 30, 2002 and September 30, 2003. The circulation numbers as of September 30, 2004 reflect the numbers calculated in accordance with ABC rules and regulations; however, due to the availability and timing of the ABC audits throughout 2004, these numbers have not been verified in a formal audit report received from ABC.
      The Blade concentrates on local and regional news of northwest Ohio, and extensive coverage of state government. It has 149 full-time and 15 part-time editors, reporters and photographers on its staff. It draws upon the news reporting facilities of the major wire services and, with the Post-Gazette, maintains a three-person bureau in Washington, D.C. The Blade also maintains a news bureau in Columbus, Ohio, the state capital, and three local news offices in the Toledo metropolitan area.

16


Table of Contents

      The Blade publishes and distributes all of its newspapers from its printing facility in downtown Toledo to eight distribution centers throughout the metropolitan Toledo area. Sophisticated computer systems are used for writing, editing, composing and producing each edition. The Blade has three color flexo presses, each with nine press units, which produce state-of-the-art color, and clean, clear images. Daily and Sunday inserts are assembled at a downtown facility near The Blade’s main production plant.
      The Blade is distributed primarily through independent home delivery carriers and single-copy dealers. Home delivery accounted for approximately 80% of circulation for the daily editions and approximately 74% of circulation for the Sunday edition during 2004. The newsstand price is $0.50 for the daily paper and $1.50 for the Sunday edition. Annual subscription rates are $143.00 for daily and Sunday, $83.20 for Sunday only and $74.88 for daily only.
Advertising
      Substantially all of our advertising revenues are derived from local, national, and classified advertisers. Advertising rates and rate structures vary between our newspapers and are based, among other things, on advertising effectiveness, local market conditions, circulation, readership and type of advertising (whether classified, national or retail). Our advertising revenues are not reliant upon any one company or industry, but rather are supported by a variety of companies and industries, including department stores, realtors, car dealerships, grocery stores and other local businesses. Our largest single advertiser accounted for 3.5% of our publishing segment’s total net advertising revenues in 2004.
      The contributions of retail, classified and national advertising to third-party advertising revenues for the past three years were as follows:
                             
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2002   2003   2004
             
Advertising revenues (in thousands):
                       
 
Retail
  $ 108,425     $ 105,616     $ 107,698  
 
Classified
    73,259       68,763       72,202  
 
National
    27,554       30,009       32,014  
                   
   
Total
    209,238       204,388       211,914  
 
Intercompany advertising
    (3,752 )     (3,738 )     (4,272 )
                   
   
Total net advertising
  $ 205,486     $ 200,650     $ 207,642  
                   
Online Editions
      The Post-Gazette’s Internet Web site, post-gazette.com, reaches over 2.1 million unique users per month with over 26 million page views. The Blade’s Internet Web site, toledoblade.com, reaches over 430,000 unique users per month with over 3.8 million page views. Each site contains breaking news, summaries of articles from the print editions, information produced specifically for the Web site and portions of the classified advertising from the print editions. The Web sites contribute to our revenues by expanding our classified marketplace and providing new partnership and advertising opportunities for retailers.
Competition
      We face competition for advertising revenue from television, cable, radio, the Internet and direct-mail programs, as well as competition for both advertising and circulation from suburban neighborhood, local and national newspapers and other publications. In addition, we face competition from outlying county daily newspapers. One of the outlying county newspapers in the Pittsburgh area, the Greensburg Tribune Review of Westmoreland County, competes with us with an Allegheny County edition called the Pittsburgh Tribune Review. Competition for advertising is based on circulation levels, readership demographics, advertising rates and advertiser results. Competition for circulation is generally based upon content, journalistic quality and price.

17


Table of Contents

Raw Materials
      Newsprint and ink are our newspaper publishing segment’s largest expense after labor costs and accounted for $32.7 million, or 12.7%, of the segment’s operating expenses in 2004. During 2004, we used approximately 59,400 metric tons of newsprint in our production processes at an estimated total cost for newsprint of approximately $30.6 million, based on a weighted-average price per ton of $514.96. In the last three years, our weighted average cost per ton of newsprint has varied from a low of $443 per metric ton in 2002 to a high of $515 per metric ton in 2004.
      All of our newsprint is supplied under a long-term sole-supplier contract expiring at the end of 2006. Pricing under the contract varies with market prices. The sole supplier contract provides for discounted pricing.
      In addition to maximizing layout efficiency and minimizing waste, The Blade and the Post-Gazette completed a page width reduction project during the third quarter of 2002 and the fourth quarter of 2004, respectively. We estimate the completion of both projects will reduce our estimated annual newsprint consumption by approximately 7%. If the Post-Gazette initiative had been completed by January 1, 2004, we would have realized savings of approximately $1.6 million in newsprint costs for the year ended December 31, 2004. Since the presses were converted gradually throughout 2004, actual savings approximated $735,000.
Seasonality
      Newspaper companies tend to follow a distinct and recurring seasonal pattern, with higher advertising revenues generally occurring in the second and fourth quarters of each year as a result of increased advertising activity during the Easter holiday and spring advertising season and during the Thanksgiving and Christmas periods. The first quarter is historically the weakest quarter for advertising revenues.
Television Broadcasting
      We acquired the first of our current television broadcasting stations in 1972, when we purchased WLIO in Lima, and currently own and operate four television stations. We are also a two-thirds owner of a fifth station, which is managed by LIN Television under a management services agreement. Our television stations are diverse in network affiliation with two Fox stations, one NBC station, one ABC station and one UPN station. We have a duopoly in Louisville, Kentucky (the 50th largest DMA) through our ownership of the Fox and UPN stations. In the year ended December 31, 2004, our television broadcasting operations generated revenues and operating income of $39.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
      We own the following broadcast properties:
                                         
    Analog               Commercial
    Channel       DMA       Stations in
Station   Number   Market   Rank(1)   Affiliation   DMA(2)
                     
WDRB
    41       Louisville, KY       50       Fox       7  
WFTE
    58       Louisville, KY(3)       50       UPN       7  
WAND(4)
    17       Champaign-Springfield and Decatur, IL       82       ABC       6  
KTRV
    12       Boise, ID(5)       122       Fox       6  
WLIO
    35       Lima, OH       194       NBC       4  
 
(1)  Ranking of DMA served by a station among all DMAs is measured by the number of television households within the DMA based on November 2004 Nielsen estimates, and, in the case of our Louisville stations, on publicly-available Nielsen estimates.
 
(2)  The term “commercial station” means a television broadcasting station and does not include non-commercial television stations, cable program services or networks, or stations that do not meet the minimum Nielsen reporting standards.
 
(3)  Licensed to Salem, Indiana.

18


Table of Contents

(4)  We have a two-thirds ownership interest and FCC control of WAND; however the station is managed by LIN Television under the terms of a management services agreement.
 
(5)  Licensed to Nampa, Idaho.
      We seek to maintain a distinct identity at each of our stations by creating quality local programming, such as local news and sports coverage, and by actively sponsoring and promoting community events. This focus positions us to increase our share of local advertising revenues, which are generally more stable than national advertising revenues and which we impact directly through our own local sales force. We believe that with stronger revenue conditions and continued cost reduction efforts, along with effective local programming, we can increase operating margins.
Markets Served
      The following is a description of each of our stations and their markets. In the description, information concerning estimates of population, audience share and television households has been derived from November 2004 information and estimates provided by Nielsen, and, in the case of our Louisville stations, from information in the public domain, including information and estimates based on Nielsen ratings from 2002-2003. All other information is based on station estimates derived from local sources. In the description, the term “commercial station” means a television broadcasting station and does not include non-commercial television stations, cable program services or networks, or stations that do not meet the minimum Nielsen reporting standards and the term “audience share” means the audience share from 5:00 a.m. to 5:00 a.m. as reported in the Nielsen Media Research.
      Louisville, Kentucky is the 50th-largest DMA in the United States, with a population of approximately 1.5 million and approximately 638,000 television households. The average household income in the Louisville DMA is approximately $46,300. Total market revenues in the Louisville DMA in 2004 were approximately $102 million. Cable penetration in the market is estimated to be 63%. In March 2001, we acquired from Kentuckiana Broadcasting, the assets of WFTE, which we had previously operated under a local marketing agreement. Based on historic performance and our current knowledge of the Louisville market, we believe WDRB is fourth in the Louisville DMA in audience share and WFTE is fifth. There are five other commercial television stations, owned by Liberty Corporation, Cascade Broadcasting, Word Broadcasting, Belo Corp. and Hearst-Argyle TV, and three public television stations licensed within the Louisville DMA.
      Champaign-Springfield and Decatur, Illinois is the 82nd-largest DMA in the United States, with a population of approximately 954,300 and approximately 378,600 television households. The average household income in this DMA is approximately $43,000. Total market revenues for television in this DMA in 2004 were approximately $40.3 million. Cable penetration in the market is estimated to be 71%. In March 2000, we acquired a two-thirds interest in WAND from LIN Television. LIN continues to own a one-third interest in WAND and provides management services. For the November 2004 ratings period, WAND ranked third in its market with an audience share of 10%. There are five other commercial television stations, owned by Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Sinclair Broadcast Group, Acme Television and Bahakel Communications, and four public television stations licensed within the Champaign-Springfield and Decatur DMA.
      Boise, Idaho is the 122nd-largest DMA in the United States, with a population of approximately 600,000 and approximately 224,000 television households. The average household income in the Boise DMA is approximately $44,500. Total market revenues in the Boise DMA in 2004 were approximately $32 million. Cable penetration in the market is estimated to be 40%. For the November 2004 ratings period, KTRV ranked fourth in its market with an audience share of 6%. There are five other commercial television stations, owned by Fisher Broadcasting, Journal Broadcasting Group, Banks Broadcasting, Belo Corp., and Boise Telecasters, L. P., and one public television station licensed within the Boise DMA.

19


Table of Contents

      Lima, Ohio is the 194th-largest DMA in the United States, with a population of approximately 143,000 and approximately 60,000 television households. The average household income in the Lima DMA is approximately $41,737. Total market revenues in the Lima DMA in 2004 were approximately $9.8 million. Cable penetration in the market is estimated to be 73%. For the November 2004 ratings period, WLIO ranked first in its market with an audience share of 29%. There are four other commercial television stations, a Fox, CBS, and a UPN low-power affiliate owned by TV 67, Inc., and a full-power Christian television station, WTLW-TV 44, licensed to American Christian Television Services.
Industry
      Television station revenues are primarily derived from local, regional and national advertising and, to a lesser extent, from commercial production activities. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors, including a program’s popularity among the viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the available time, the population and demographic makeup of the market served by the station, the availability of alternative advertising media in the market area and the effectiveness of the station’s sales force. Rates are also determined by a station’s overall ratings and share in its market, as well as the station’s ratings and share among particular demographic groups which an advertiser may be targeting. Advertising revenues are positively affected by the size and strength of local economies, national and regional political election campaigns, and certain events such as the Olympic Games or the Super Bowl. Because television stations rely on advertising revenues, declines in advertising budgets, particularly in recessionary periods, adversely affect the revenues of television stations.
Advertising Sales
      All network-affiliated stations are required to carry spot advertising sold by their networks, which reduces the amount of advertising spots available for sale by our stations. Our stations can sell all of the remaining advertising to be inserted in network programming and all of the advertising in non-network programming excluding barter, retaining the revenues received from these sales. In 2004, approximately 95% of our broadcasting revenues came from the sale of time to national, local and regional, and political advertisers. Approximately 62% of our broadcast revenues came from local and regional advertising, 27% came from national advertising, 6% came from political advertising and our remaining revenues came from network compensation payments under our network affiliate agreements and miscellaneous sources. A national syndicated program distributor will often retain a portion of the available advertising time for programming it supplies in exchange for no fees or reduced fees charged to the stations for such programming. These arrangements are called barter programming.
      Local and Regional Sales. Local and regional advertising time is sold by each station’s local sales staff who call upon advertising agencies and local businesses, which typically include car dealerships, retail stores, fast food franchisers and restaurants. Compared to revenues from national advertising accounts, revenues from local advertising are generally more stable and more controllable. We seek to attract new advertisers to television, and to increase the amount of advertising time sold to existing local advertisers, by relying on experienced local sales forces with strong community ties, producing news and other programming with local advertising appeal and sponsoring or co-promoting local events and activities.
      National Sales. National advertising time is sold through national sales representative firms which call upon advertising agencies, whose clients typically include automobile manufacturers and dealer groups, telecommunications companies and national retailers (some of which may advertise locally).

20


Table of Contents

Network Affiliations
      Whether or not a station is affiliated with one of the four major networks (NBC, ABC, CBS or Fox) has a significant impact on the composition of the station’s revenues, expenses and operations. Except for Fox, a major network affiliate receives a significant portion of its programming each day from the network. Our stations are affiliated with their networks pursuant to an affiliation agreement, with the exception of our Fox stations that are governed by affiliation agreements that remain unsigned. WDRB and KTRV are affiliated with Fox; WAND is affiliated with ABC; WLIO is affiliated with NBC; and WFTE is affiliated with UPN. Upon the expiration of WAND’s affiliation agreement with ABC in September 2005, we believe WAND will become a NBC affiliate.
      Our affiliation agreements provide the affiliated station with the right to broadcast programs transmitted by the network with which it is affiliated. In exchange, the network has the right to sell a substantial majority of the advertising time during these broadcasts. In addition, for each hour that the station elects to broadcast network programming, the network pays the station a fee (with the exception of Fox and UPN), specified in the affiliation agreement, which varies with the time of day. Typically, “prime-time” programming generates the highest compensation payments. Currently, however, our Fox affiliates are paying compensation to the network for the right to broadcast Fox programming. We expect the trend towards reverse compensation to impact our other affiliates in the future.
      Our ABC affiliation agreement for WAND expires on September 4, 2005. The NBC affiliation agreement for WLIO expires on December 31, 2010. Our UPN affiliation agreement for WFTE expires on January 12, 2008.
Digital Television
      The digital television, or DTV, transmission system delivers video and audio signals of higher quality (including high definition television) than the existing analog transmission system. DTV also has substantial capabilities for multiplexing (the broadcast of several programs concurrently) and possibly data transmissions. Digital television will require consumers to purchase new televisions that are capable of receiving and displaying DTV signals, or have a digital converter that can receive DTV signals and convert them into analog signals for display on existing receivers, or subscribe to cable which should continue to provide analog signals for many years. Many of the Federal Communications Commissions (FCC) deadlines relating to DTV may be determined by the public acceptance and the penetration of consumer sets to receive digital television, and are subject to FCC periodic review.
      In April 1998, the FCC assigned each licensed television station a second broadcast channel on which to provide DTV service. In general, the DTV channels assigned to television stations are intended to allow stations to have their DTV coverage area replicate their analog coverage area, although a number of variables will ultimately determine the extent to which a station’s DTV operation will provide such replication.
      By May 1, 2002, all commercial television station licensees were required to complete construction and commence operating DTV facilities except to the extent that the FCC extended the deadline and allowed temporary low power operations in certain cases. WAND and KTRV are operational at a full power level and have met all FCC requirements.
      In compliance with the FCC’s order, the three stations, WDRB, WFTE and WLIO, have constructed low power facilities and these stations are on the air operating under a Station Temporary Authorization, which permits low power operation. The low power construction complies with FCC rules and policies regarding digital television transmission build out and implementation.
      The FCC will periodically review the progress of the DTV rollout and establish a deadline mandating when low power systems must be upgraded to full power signals that provide digital coverage to a broadcaster’s entire analog coverage area. The FCC’s current mandates require WDRB to be upgraded to a full power signal by June 30, 2005, and WLIO and WFTE to be upgraded to full power signals by June 30, 2006.

21


Table of Contents

      Once a station has begun broadcasting its DTV signal, it may continue to broadcast both its analog and DTV signals until December 31, 2009, after which, subject to certain conditions described below, the FCC expects to reclaim one of the channels and broadcasters will operate a single DTV channel allocation. This date may be advanced by congressional legislation. Starting April 1, 2003, commercial station operators must simulcast at least 50 percent of the video programming broadcast on their analog channel on their DTV channel. The required simulcast percentage increases annually until April 1, 2005, when an operator must simulcast 100 percent of its programming on its analog and DTV channels. The final retirement date on analog television will be another periodic review decision made by the FCC. At this mandated date the broadcaster must vacate one channel and return it to the FCC for further assignment or auction.
      Another aspect of digital implementation is that the networks are now providing program content in not only digital but in Digital High Definition format. Currently, WDRB, WAND and KTRV are providing High-Definition pass through. In order for our other stations to pass the High Definition programming to our viewers, we will have to upgrade our microwave and parts of our digital transmitters and add additional equipment to our studios to permit passage of this higher quality video programming. This is driven by the network contracts and public and business pressures.
      We estimate that approximately $4.4 million of capital expenditures after December 31, 2004 will be necessary to meet the DTV requirements discussed above for all of our stations.
Competition
      Television broadcasting stations face competition for advertising revenue, audience share and programming. Our competitive position depends, in part, on our signal coverage and assigned frequency and is materially affected by new and changing technologies, laws and regulations passed by Congress and federal agencies, including the FCC and the Federal Trade Commission, and other entertainment and communication industries.
      Our stations compete for advertising revenues with other television broadcasting stations in their respective markets and, to a lesser extent, with other advertising media such as radio stations, local cable systems, newspapers, magazines, outdoor advertising, yellow page directories, and direct mail operations serving the same market. We also indirectly compete with national television networks for national advertising.
      All television stations together compete for viewership, generally against other activities in which one could choose to engage rather than watch television. Individual stations compete for audience share with other stations on the basis of program popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates. A portion of our broadcast programming is supplied by the network affiliated with our station and during that time period, our ability to attract viewers is dependent on the performance of the network programming. During non-network time periods, we broadcast a combination of self-produced news, public affairs and other entertainment programming including syndicated programs. The development of new methods of video transmission, and in particular the growth of cable television and DBS, has significantly altered competition for audience share in the television industry by increasing the number of channels available to viewers. Home entertainment systems such as VCRs, DVRs, DVDs, and television game devices also compete for audience share. Future sources of competition include the transmission of video programming over broadband Internet and specialized “niche” programming targeted at very narrowly defined audiences.

22


Table of Contents

      In acquiring programming to supplement network programming, network affiliates compete with other broadcasting stations in their markets. Competition for programming involves negotiating with national program distributors or syndicators that sell first-run and rerun packages of programming. Our stations compete for exclusive access to off-network reruns (such as “Friends”) and first-run products (such as “Jeopardy”) in their respective markets. Time Warner, Viacom and News Corp., each of which has a television network or cable broadcast stations, also own or control major production studios, which are the primary source of programming for the networks. It is uncertain whether in the future such programming, which is generally subject to short-term agreements between the studios and the networks, will be made available to broadcast stations not affiliated with the studio. Television broadcasters also compete for non-network programming unique to the markets they serve. As such, stations strive to provide exclusive news stories, unique features such as investigative reporting and coverage of community events, and to secure broadcast rights for regional and local sporting events.
      For more than a decade, our Louisville stations had the local broadcast rights for the University of Louisville football and men’s basketball games. Our rights expire after the 2004-2005 basketball season. These rights will not be renewed. In 2004, our Louisville stations reported net revenues and operating income related to the broadcast of University of Louisville events totaling $1.8 million and $624,000, respectively.
Other Operations
      Buckeye TeleSystem, Inc. is a competitive local exchange carrier which provides facilities-based business telephony primarily in the Toledo market serviced by Buckeye CableSystem. Our business telecom system offers services ranging from business voice lines to high bandwidth data lines to mid- to large-size businesses. Buckeye TeleSystem generated revenues and operating income of $17.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2004.
      Corporate Protection Services (CPS), based in Toledo, designs and installs residential security and fire alarm systems primarily in Toledo but also in other locations throughout the country. From its Toledo monitoring facility, CPS provides 24-hour monitoring services for security systems in Toledo and elsewhere. For the year ended December 31, 2004, CPS generated revenues and an operating loss from continuing operations of $2.4 million and $679,000, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the loss from discontinued operations of $956,000, before tax, includes revenues of $3.1 million, operating expenses of $3.7 million, and loss on disposal of assets of $333,000.
      Community Communication Services, Inc. (CCS) provided printing and door-to-door delivery of advertising circulars in the greater Toledo metropolitan area. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the loss from discontinued operations of $461,000 includes revenues of $151,000, operating expenses of $377,000, and a loss on disposal of assets of $236,000. CCS had no operating activity during 2004.
      During 2003, we reorganized various operations within the non-reportable other communications segment. Effective May 31, 2003, we suspended the operations of Community Communication Services, Inc. Effective December 31, 2003, we sold the net assets of certain divisions of Corporate Protection Services, Inc. and ceased operating those divisions. The disposed divisions were previously involved in the sale, installation, and testing of commercial security and fire protection systems. CPS will continue to provide sales, installation, and monitoring of residential security and fire protection systems. We feel the residential model compliments the residential services offered by our other companies. We do not expect this reorganization to have a material impact on our liquidity, financial condition, or continuing results of operations.

23


Table of Contents

Regulation
Regulation of Cable Television
      The cable television industry is regulated by the FCC, some state governments and substantially all local governments. In addition, various legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration from time to time by the Congress and various federal agencies have in the past, and may in the future, materially affect us and the cable television industry. The following is a summary of federal laws and regulations materially affecting the growth and operation of the cable television industry and a description of certain state and local laws. We believe that the regulation of the cable television industry remains a matter of interest to Congress, the FCC and other regulatory authorities. There can be no assurance as to what, if any, future actions such legislative and regulatory authorities may take or the effect thereof on us.
Federal Legislation
      The principal federal statute governing the cable television industry is the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. As it affects the cable television industry, the Communications Act has been significantly amended on three occasions: by the 1984 Cable Act, the 1992 Cable Act and the 1996 Telecom Act. The 1996 Telecom Act altered the regulatory structure governing the nation’s telecommunications providers. It removed barriers to competition in both the cable television market and the local telephone market. Among other things, it also reduced the scope of cable rate regulation.
Federal Regulation
      The FCC is the principal federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over cable television. It has adopted regulations covering such areas as cross-ownership between cable television systems and other communications businesses, carriage of television broadcast programming, cable rates, consumer protection and customer service, leased access, indecent programming, programmer access to cable television systems, programming agreements, technical standards, consumer electronics equipment compatibility, ownership of home wiring, program exclusivity, equal employment opportunity, consumer education and lockbox enforcement, origination cablecasting and sponsorship identification, political programming and advertising, advertising during children’s programming, signal leakage and frequency use, maintenance of various records, and antenna structure notification, marking and lighting. The FCC has the authority to enforce these regulations through the imposition of substantial fines, the issuance of cease and desist orders and/or the imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC licenses needed to operate certain transmission facilities often used in connection with cable operations. A brief summary of certain of these federal regulations as adopted to date follows.
      Rate Regulation. Where a cable television system is not subject to effective competition, the rates for the basic service tier (the lowest level of cable programming service which must include local broadcast channels and public access channels) may be regulated by the local franchising authority at its option. Rates for cable programming service tiers, which generally include programming other than the channels carried on the basic service tier, and for programming offered on a per-channel or per-program basis, are not subject to governmental regulations. If local franchising authorities choose to regulate basic service rates, they may order reductions and, in certain circumstances, refunds of existing monthly rates and charges for associated equipment. In carrying out their rate regulatory authority, however, local officials are subject to certain FCC standards such as the obligation to evaluate rates in accordance with FCC approved benchmark formulas or cost-of-service showings. Future rates of regulated cable systems may not exceed an inflation-indexed amount, plus increases in certain costs beyond the cable operator’s control, such as taxes, franchise fees and increased programming costs. Cost-based adjustments to these capped rates also can be made in the event a cable television operator adds or deletes channels. There is also a streamlined cost-of-service methodology available to justify a rate increase for “significant” system rebuilds or upgrades. With the exception of one franchise covering 59 cable subscribers, we are currently not being regulated for basic services, installation and equipment rates in any of our franchise areas.

24


Table of Contents

      A rulemaking proceeding has been pending at the FCC since June 2002, in which the FCC is examining many issues related to its cable rate regulation rules and considering whether any existing regulations should be eliminated or revised in an attempt to streamline the regulatory process while still providing protection to consumers. We are unable to predict the outcome of this proceeding or its effects upon our business.
      Existing regulations require cable television systems to permit customers to purchase video programming on a per channel or a per program basis without the necessity of subscribing to any tier of service, other than the basic service tier.
      Carriage of Television Broadcasting Signals. The 1992 Cable Act contains signal carriage requirements which allow full-power commercial television broadcasting stations that are “local” to a cable television system (i.e., the system is located in the station’s designated market area) to elect every three years whether to require the cable television system to carry the station, subject to certain exceptions, or whether the cable television system will have to negotiate for “retransmission consent” to carry the station. The next election between must-carry and retransmission consent will occur October 1, 2005. A cable television system is generally required to devote up to one-third of its activated channel capacity for the carriage of local commercial television stations whether pursuant to the mandatory carriage requirements or retransmission consent requirements of the 1992 Cable Act. Local non-commercial television stations are also given mandatory carriage rights, subject to certain exceptions, on cable systems with the principal head-end located within the larger of: (i) a 50-mile radius from the station’s city of license or (ii) the station’s Grade B contour (a measure of signal strength). Unlike commercial stations, noncommercial stations are not given the option to negotiate retransmission consent for the carriage of their signal. In addition, cable television systems have to obtain retransmission consent for the carriage of all “distant” commercial broadcast stations, except for certain “superstations” (i.e., commercial satellite-delivered independent stations such as WGN). To date, compliance with the “retransmission consent” and “must carry” provisions of the 1992 Cable Act has not had a material effect on us, although this result may change in the future depending on such factors as market conditions, channel capacity and similar matters when such arrangements are renegotiated. In February 2005, the FCC reaffirmed its January 2001 decision that its must-carry rules do not apply to digital signals while analog signals that are subject to must-carry are still being broadcast, and broadcasters do not have mandatory must-carry rights for their digital signals.

25


Table of Contents

      Renewal of Franchises and Franchise Fees. The 1984 Cable Act established renewal procedures and criteria designed to protect incumbent franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal. While these formal procedures are not mandatory unless timely invoked by either the cable television operator or the franchising authority, they can provide substantial protection to incumbent franchisees. Even after the formal renewal procedures are invoked, franchising authorities and cable television operators remain free to negotiate a renewal outside the formal process. Nevertheless, renewal is by no means assured, as the franchisee must meet certain statutory standards. Even if a franchise is renewed, a franchising authority may impose new and more onerous requirements such as upgrading cable-related facilities and equipment and complying with voluntary commitments, although the municipality must take into account the cost of meeting such requirements. In the case of franchises in effect prior to the effective date of the 1984 Cable Act, franchising authorities may enforce requirements contained in the franchise relating to facilities, equipment and services, whether or not cable-related. The 1984 Cable Act, under certain limited circumstances, permits a cable operator to obtain modifications of franchise obligations. Franchises have generally been renewed for cable television operators that have provided satisfactory services and have complied with the terms of their franchises. Franchising authorities may also consider the “level” of programming service provided by a cable television operator in deciding whether to renew. For alleged franchise violations occurring after December 29, 1984, franchising authorities have the right to deny renewal because of an operator’s failure to substantially comply with the material terms of the franchise even if the franchising authority has “effectively acquiesced” to such past violations. The franchising authority is, however, precluded from denying renewal unless the franchising authority has provided the cable operator with notice and the opportunity to cure, or in any case in which it is documented that the franchising authority has waived its right to object, or in which the cable operator gives written notice of a failure or inability to cure and the franchising authority fails to object within a reasonable time. Courts may not reverse a denial of renewal based on procedural violations found to be “harmless error.” Historically, we have not experienced any material problems renewing our franchises for our cable television systems. We are not aware of any current or past material failure on our part to comply with our franchise agreements. We believe that we have generally complied with the terms of our franchises and have provided quality levels of service.
      Franchising authorities may generally impose franchise fees of up to 5% of a cable television system’s annual gross revenues, excluding revenues derived from telecommunications services. In addition, state and local governments may also be able to exact some compensation for the use of public rights-of-way. In March 2002, the FCC ruled that cable modem service, which provides high-speed access to the Internet, is not a cable television service. Since that initial ruling, the question of whether cable companies are legally authorized to collect franchise fees on cable-modem service and pass those fees on to local governments has been widely debated and has become the subject of litigation. Like virtually every other cable company in the country, we have stopped collecting these fees.
      Channel Set-Asides. The 1984 Cable Act permits local franchising authorities to require cable television operators to set aside certain television channels for public, educational and governmental access programming. The 1984 Cable Act further requires cable television systems with thirty-six or more activated channels to designate a portion of their channel capacity for commercial leased access by unaffiliated third parties to provide programming that may compete with services offered by the cable television operator. The 1992 Cable Act requires leased access rates to be set according to a formula determined by the FCC.
      Copyright Matters. Cable systems must obtain copyright licenses for programming and television signals they carry. Copyright authority for programming on non-broadcast networks typically is obtained from the networks in question, and copyright authority for programming originated locally by the cable system must be obtained directly from copyright holders. The Copyright Act provides a blanket license for copyrighted material on television stations whose signals a cable system retransmits. Cable operators can obtain this license by filing semi-annual reports and paying a percentage of their revenues as a royalty fee to the U.S. Copyright Office, which then distributes the royalty pool to copyright holders. For larger cable systems, these payments vary with the numbers and type of distant television stations the system carries. From time to time, Congress considers proposals to alter the blanket copyright license, some of which could make the license more costly.

26


Table of Contents

      Pole Attachments. The Communications Act requires the FCC to regulate the rates, terms and conditions imposed by public utilities for use of utility poles and conduit space unless state authorities have certified to the FCC that they adequately regulate pole attachment rates, as is the case in Ohio and Michigan where the Company’s cable systems operate. In the absence of state certification, the FCC regulates pole attachment rates, terms and conditions only in response to a formal complaint. Where states such as Ohio and Michigan regulate pole attachments, they generally do so by following the FCC’s substantive rules. The Communications Act also requires that a utility provide cable systems and telecommunications carriers with nondiscriminatory access to any pole, conduit or right-of-way controlled by the utility.
      The FCC’s pole attachment rate formulas govern the maximum rate certain utilities may charge cable operators and telecommunications carriers for attachments to the utility’s poles and conduits. Effective February 2001, a formula now governs the maximum attachment rate for companies providing telecommunications services, including cable operators, which results in a higher maximum attachment rate for telecommunications services compared to cable services. The increase in attachment rates applicable to telecommunications services resulting from the FCC’s new rate formula will be phased in over a five-year period.
      In early 2002, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed that the FCC’s authority to regulate rates for attachments to utility poles extended to attachments by cable operators and telecommunications carriers that are used to provide Internet service or wireless telecommunication service. This development protects cable television operators that also provide Internet access services from facing more onerous rates, terms and conditions imposed by utilities for pole attachments. But the FCC has also initiated a proceeding to determine whether it should adjust certain elements of the current rate formula. If adopted, these adjustments could increase rates for pole attachments and conduit space.
      A series of federal appellate decisions on the FCC’s rate formulas and policies have provided more certainty and clarity for cable operators as they negotiate with utility companies.
      Local Television/ Cable Cross-Ownership Rule. In February 2002, the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated the FCC’s rule prohibiting any cable television system (including all parties under common control) from carrying the signal of any television broadcasting station that has a predicted service area that overlaps, in whole or in part, the cable system’s service area, if the cable system (or any of its attributable principals) has an attributable interest in the television station. On remand, the FCC eliminated the rule.
      Local Exchange Carriers/ Cable Television Cross-Ownership. The 1996 Act generally restricts local exchange carriers and cable operators from holding more than a 10% financial interest or any management interest in the other’s operations within their service area or from entering joint ventures or partnerships with cable operators in the same market. These “buy-out” restrictions are subject to four general exceptions, which include population density and competitive market tests. The FCC may waive the buyout restrictions if it determines that:
  •  the cable operator or LEC would be subject to undue economic distress by enforcement of the restrictions;
 
  •  the cable system or LEC facilities would not be economically viable if the provisions were enforced;
 
  •  the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction clearly would be outweighed by the public interest in serving the community; and
 
  •  the local franchising authority approves the waiver.

27


Table of Contents

      General Ownership Limitations. The Communications Act generally prohibits the Company from owning and/or operating a Satellite Master Antenna Television System (SMATV) or a wireless cable system in any area where the Company provides franchised cable service. However, the cable/SMATV and the cable/wireless cable cross-ownership rules are inapplicable in any franchise area where the operator faces “effective competition,” or where the cable operator owned the SMATV system prior to the 1992 Cable Act. In addition, the FCC’s rules permit a cable operator to offer service through SMATV systems in the operator’s existing franchise area so long as the service is offered according to the terms and conditions of the cable operator’s local franchise agreement.
      Other Statutory Provisions. One of the underlying competitive policy goals of the 1992 Cable Act is to limit the ability of vertically integrated program suppliers to favor affiliated cable operators over unaffiliated program distributors. Consequently, with certain limitations, federal law generally:
  •  precludes any satellite video programmer affiliated with a cable company, or with a common carrier providing video programming directly to its subscribers, from favoring an affiliated company over competitors;
 
  •  requires such programmers to sell their programming to other multichannel video distributors; and
 
  •  limits the ability of such programmers to offer exclusive programming arrangements to their affiliates.
      The Communications Act requires cable operators, upon the request of a subscriber, to scramble or otherwise fully block any adult channel the subscriber does not wish to receive. The Communications Act also contains restrictions on the transmission by cable operators of obscene or indecent programming. A three-judge federal district court determined that certain statutory restrictions regarding channels primarily dedicated to sexually oriented programming were unconstitutional, and the United States Supreme Court recently affirmed the lower court’s ruling.
      The Communications Act and the FCC’s rules also include provisions concerning, among other things:
  •  customer service;
 
  •  subscriber privacy;
 
  •  marketing practices;
 
  •  equal employment opportunity; and
 
  •  the regulation of technical standards and equipment compatibility.
      Inside Wiring Regulations. The FCC adopted cable inside wiring rules to provide specific procedures for the disposition of residential home wiring and internal building wiring where a subscriber terminates service or where an incumbent cable operator is forced by a building owner to terminate service in a multiple dwelling unit (MDU) building. These rules are intended to facilitate competition. Unless operators retain rights under state statutory or common law to maintain ownership rights in the wiring, MDU owners could use these new rules to pressure cable operators without MDU service contracts to either sell, abandon or remove internal wiring carrying voice as well as video communications and to terminate service to MDU subscribers.

28


Table of Contents

      Consumer Equipment. The FCC adopted regulations to implement provisions of the 1992 Cable Act regarding compatibility between cable systems and consumer electronics equipment. The 1996 Act directed the FCC to establish only minimal standards regarding compatibility between television sets, video cassette recorders and cable systems. Pursuant to this statutory mandate, the FCC adopted rules to assure the competitive availability of customer premises equipment, such as set-top converters or other navigation devices, which are used to access services offered by cable systems and other multichannel video programming distributors. The FCC’s rules allow consumers to attach compatible equipment to the Company’s cable facilities, so long as the equipment does not harm the Company’s network, does not interfere with the services purchased by other subscribers and is not used to receive unauthorized services. Effective July 1, 2000, cable operators were required to separate security from non-security functions in subscriber premises equipment by making available modular security components that would function in set-top units purchased or leased from retail outlets. The requirement to separate security and non-security functions is inapplicable to equipment that uses only an analog conditional access mechanism and that is incapable of providing access to any digital transmission or other digital service. Effective July 1, 2006, the Company will be prohibited from selling or leasing new navigation devices or converter boxes that integrate both security and non-security functions. The Company, however, will not be required to discontinue the leasing of older converters that include integrated security functions if those converters were provided to subscribers before July 1, 2006.
      The FCC has also issued an order preempting state, local and private restrictions on over-the-air reception antennas placed on rental properties in areas where a tenant has exclusive use of the property, such as balconies or patios. But tenants may not install such antennas on the common areas of multiple-dwelling units, such as on roofs. This order limits the extent to which multiple-dwelling unit owners can enforce certain aspects of multiple-dwelling unit agreements that otherwise would prohibit, for example, placement of direct broadcast satellite television-receiving antennas in multiple-dwelling unit areas, such as apartment balconies or patios, under the exclusive occupancy of the tenant.
Privacy
      Federal statutes and regulations impose a number of restrictions on the manner in which cable-television operators can collect and disclose data about individual customers. The 1984 Cable Act requires that the system operator periodically provide all customers with written information about its policies regarding the collection and handling of data about customers, their privacy rights under federal law, and their enforcement rights. If a cable television operator was found to have violated these requirements, it could be required to pay damages, attorney fees, and other costs. The 1992 Cable Act strengthened certain of these requirements, and others were modified by the Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 2001. We believe we are in compliance with all applicable federal statutes and regulations regarding customer privacy.
State and Local Regulation
      Cable television systems generally are operated pursuant to nonexclusive franchises, permits or licenses granted by a municipality or other state or local government entity. The terms and conditions of franchises vary materially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Franchises generally contain provisions governing fees to be paid to the franchising authority, length of the franchise term, renewal, sale or transfer of the franchise, territory of the franchise, design and technical performance of the system, use and occupancy of public streets and number and types of cable television services provided. The 1992 Cable Act prohibits exclusive franchises and allows franchising authorities to regulate customer service and rates. States and local franchising authorities may adopt certain restrictions on cable television systems ownership.
      Franchising authorities in Michigan may operate their own multichannel video distribution system without a franchise. Ohio recently enacted legislation placing many of the same restrictions on municipalities that private cable systems operate under. The Ohio law includes provisions outlining equal franchise agreements, restrictions on selling cable TV outside the municipality, advance notice of building a municipal cable system, full cost accounting language and establishment of an arbitration process for private sector/governmental cable disputes.

29


Table of Contents

      The foregoing summarizes the material cable television industry regulations with which we must comply. However, it does not purport to describe all present and proposed federal, state and local regulations and legislation relating to the cable television industry, some of which are subject to judicial and legislative review and change, and their impact on the cable television industry or us cannot be predicted at this time. In particular, the FCC is constantly considering and reconsidering, and often proposing to change, the entire body of regulations that apply to the cable television industry. The status of the FCC’s activity is therefore constantly fluid, and can be definitively determined at any moment only by reviewing the FCC’s own records. The content and timing of any regulatory action the FCC may take cannot be predicted.
Federal Regulation of Television Broadcasting
      The following is a brief discussion of certain provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the FCC’s regulations and policies that affect the business operations of television broadcasting stations. For more information about the nature and extent of FCC regulation of television broadcasting stations you should refer to the Communications Act of 1934 and the FCC’s rules, public notices, and rulings. Over the years Congress and the FCC have added, amended and deleted statutory and regulatory requirements to which station owners are subject. Some of these changes have a minimal business impact, whereas others may significantly affect the business or operation of individual stations or the broadcast industry as a whole. The following discussion summarizes certain federal requirements concerning the television broadcast industry that currently are in effect.
      License Grant and Renewal. Television broadcasting licenses are granted for a maximum term of eight years and are subject to renewal upon application to the FCC. The FCC is required to grant an application for license renewal if during the preceding term the station served the public interest, the licensee did not commit any serious violations of the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules, and the licensee committed no other violations of the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules which, taken together, would constitute a pattern of abuse. The vast majority of renewal applications are routinely renewed under this standard. If a licensee fails to meet this standard, the FCC may still grant renewal on terms and conditions that it deems appropriate, including a monetary forfeiture or renewal for a term less than the normal eight-year period.
      During certain limited periods after a renewal application is filed, interested parties, including members of the public, may file petitions to deny a renewal application, to which the licensee/renewal applicant is entitled to respond. After reviewing the pleadings, if the FCC determines that there is a substantial and material question of fact whether grant of the renewal application would serve the public interest, the FCC is required to hold a trial-type hearing on the issues presented. If, after the hearing, the FCC determines that the renewal applicant has met the renewal standard, the FCC must grant the renewal application. If the licensee/renewal applicant fails to meet the renewal standard or show that there are mitigating factors entitling it to renewal subject to appropriate sanctions, the FCC can deny the renewal application. In the vast majority of cases where a petition to deny is filed against a renewal, the FCC ultimately grants the renewal without a hearing.
      No competing application for authority to operate a station and replace the incumbent licensee may be filed against a renewal application unless the FCC first determines that the incumbent licensee is not entitled to license renewal.
      In addition to considering rule violations in connection with a license renewal application, the FCC may sanction a station licensee at any time during the license term for failing to observe FCC rules and policies, including the imposition of a monetary forfeiture.
      The FCC prohibits the assignment or the transfer of control of a broadcasting license without prior FCC approval.

30


Table of Contents

Ownership Matters
      The federal rules and regulations that govern broadcast ownership are currently the subject of intensive litigation. In June 2004, the Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit reversed and remanded to the FCC for further consideration a number of new regulations that the FCC had promulgated, finding that the FCC’s consideration of the issues had not been adequate. A number of parties have asked the United States Supreme Court to review the appellate-court’s decision. We cannot predict the outcome of litigation, or of the regulatory proceedings that are sure to follow.
      Ownership Attribution. FCC rules establish limits on the ownership of broadcast stations. The ownership limits apply only to attributable interests in a station licensee that are held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other entity. In the case of corporations, officers, directors and voting stock interests of five percent or more (twenty percent or more in the case of qualified investment companies, such as insurance companies and bank trust departments) are considered attributable interests. For partnerships, all general partners and non-insulated limited partners are attributable. Limited liability companies are treated the same as partnerships. Under its “equity/debt plus” rule, the FCC attributes otherwise non-attributable interests held by a party who also provides over fifteen percent of a station’s total weekly broadcast programming or who has an attributable interest in a radio station, television station, or daily newspaper in the same market. Subject to the equity/debt plus rule, a minority voting interest in a media property is not cognizable if there is a single holder of more than 50 percent of that media property’s outstanding voting stock. Finally, the FCC attributes (i.e., counts towards the local ownership limits) another in-market broadcast station to the licensee of a broadcast station who provides more than 15 percent of the other station’s weekly broadcast programming pursuant to a local marketing agreement or a time brokerage agreement.
      Local Ownership (Duopoly Rule). Prior to August 1999, no party could have attributable interests in two television stations if those stations had overlapping service areas (which generally meant one station per market), although the FCC did not attribute local marketing agreements involving a second station with an overlapping service area. In August 1999, the FCC adopted new rules which allowed the ownership of two stations in a single market (defined using Nielsen Media Research’s DMAs) if (1) the two stations do not have overlapping service areas, or (2) after the combination there are at least eight independently owned and operating full-power television stations and one of the commonly owned stations is not ranked among the top four stations in the DMA. The FCC will consider waivers of the rule to permit the ownership of a second market station in cases where the second station is failed, failing or unbuilt. The United States Court of Appeals rejected the FCC’s rules and remanded the matter to the FCC for further rulemaking. Several parties are seeking Supreme Court review of this decision. The old rules remain in effect.
      None of the markets in which we currently operate stations have the eight or more independently owned television stations that allow a person to own two stations in the market. We own two stations in the Louisville market under a permanent waiver granted by the FCC. Under the current FCC regulations, our duopoly in the Louisville market cannot be transferred intact without an additional waiver.
      National Ownership. There is no nationwide limit on the number of television stations that a party may own. But the FCC has maintained a rule that no party may have an attributable interest in television stations which, in the aggregate, reach more than 35% of all U.S. television households. In calculating the national audience reach, ownership of a VHF station is counted as reaching 100% of the households in such station’s market, and ownership of a UHF station is counted as 50% of the households in such station’s market. The stations we own have a combined national audience reach of approximately 1% of television households. In February 2002, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit determined that the FCC’s statutorily required biennial review of its national ownership rule had been arbitrary and capricious, and it, therefore, remanded the rule to the FCC for its further review and consideration. On remand, the FCC raised the aggregate limit to 45%. But Congress then acted, in January 2004 passing a statute that set the aggregate limit at 39%.

31


Table of Contents

      Radio Television Cross-Ownership Rule. The “one-to-a-market” rule limits the common ownership or control of radio and television stations in the same market. In August 1999, the FCC amended its rules to increase the number of stations that may be commonly owned, subject to standards based on the number of independently owned media voices that would remain in the market after the combination. In markets with at least twenty independently owned media outlets, ownership of one television station and up to seven radio stations, or two television stations (if allowed under the television duopoly rule) and six radio stations is permitted. If the number of independently owned media outlets is fewer than twenty but greater than or equal to ten, ownership of one television station (or two if allowed) and four radio stations is permitted. In markets with fewer than ten independent media voices, ownership of one television station (or two if allowed) and one radio station is permitted. In calculating the number of independent media voices, the FCC includes all radio and television stations, independently owned cable systems (counted as one voice if cable is generally available in the market), and independently owned daily newspapers which have circulation that exceeds five percent of the households in the market. On June 2, 2003, the FCC slightly modified its rule. The Third Circuit remanded the matter to the FCC, and affected parties are seeking Supreme Court review. In the meantime, the old rules are in effect.
      Local Television/ Cable Cross-Ownership Rule. In February 2002, the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated the FCC’s rule prohibiting any cable television system (including all parties under common control) from carrying the signal of any television broadcasting station that has a predicted service area that overlaps, in whole or in part, the cable system’s service area, if the cable system (or any of its attributable principals) has an attributable interest in the television station. On remand, the FCC eliminated the rule.
      Local Television/ Newspaper Cross-Ownership Rule. In September 2001, the FCC launched a formal proceeding examining whether to retain, modify or eliminate the television/newspaper and radio/newspaper cross-interest rules prohibiting any party from having an attributable interest in a television station and a daily newspaper if the television station’s Grade A signal contour encompasses the entire community in which the newspaper is published. (A similar rule applies to radio/newspaper combinations.) In June 2003, the FCC substantially modified its rule to permit common ownership in most markets. The Third Circuit rejected the FCC’s rules and remanded the matter to the FCC. That decision has been appealed to the United States Supreme Court.
      Foreign Ownership Restrictions. The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities or individuals to own or hold certain interests in broadcast licenses. As a holder of several broadcast licenses, we are restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments, or foreign corporations.
      Cable “Must-Carry” or Retransmission Consent Rights. Every three years, television broadcasters are required to make an election whether they choose to exercise their “must-carry” or retransmission consent rights in connection with the carriage of their analog signal on cable television systems within their DMA. The most recent election was made by October 1, 2002, and is effective for the three-year period beginning January 1, 2003.
      If a broadcaster chooses to exercise its must-carry rights, it may request cable system carriage on its over-the-air channel or another channel on which it was carried on the cable system as of a specified date. A cable system generally must carry the station’s signal in compliance with the station’s carriage request, and in a manner that makes the signal available to all cable subscribers. However, must-carry rights are not absolute, and whether a cable system is required to carry the station on its system, or in the specific manner requested, depends on a number of variables such as the number of activated channels of the cable system, the number of subscribers served by the cable system, the strength of the station’s signal at the cable system’s headend, the extent to which the station’s programming duplicates the programming of another station carried on the system, and other factors.

32


Table of Contents

      If a broadcaster chooses to exercise its retransmission consent rights, a cable television system which is subject to that election may not carry the station’s signal without the broadcaster’s written consent. This generally requires the cable system and television station operator to negotiate the terms under which the television station will consent to the cable system’s carriage of the station. There is, however, a risk associated with a station electing to exercise its retransmission consent rights in that a cable operator may lawfully refuse to carry the broadcaster’s station on its cable system if the parties cannot agree to the terms of such carriage. Our stations generally have elected to exercise their retransmission consent rights and have entered into retransmission consent agreements with local cable operators.
      In February 2005, the FCC reaffirmed its January 2001 decision that its must-carry rules do not apply to digital signals while analog signals that are subject to must-carry are still being broadcast, and broadcasters do not have mandatory must-carry rights for their digital signals.
      Direct-to-Home Satellite Services and Must-Carry. In November 1999, Congress enacted the Satellite Home Viewer Improvement Act of 1999, or SHVIA. This statute authorizes providers of direct broadcast satellite services such as Direct TV and EchoStar to carry the signals of local television stations within such stations’ local markets (“local-into-local” service). In addition, SHVIA imposes must-carry requirements on satellite providers with respect to the markets in which they provide local-into-local service. Television stations in such markets may elect between must-carry and retransmission consent in a manner similar to that applicable in the cable context. In 2004, the law was extended by the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act of 2004.
      Under federal copyright law, satellite providers may retransmit the signal of an out-of-market broadcast network affiliate to “unserved” households. An “unserved” household is one that cannot receive, using a conventional outdoor rooftop antenna, a “Grade B” or better signal of a local television station affiliated with the same network as the out-of-market television station. Satellite providers generally are not permitted to import distant network signals to any subscribers other than those that qualify as “unserved” residential households.
      Network Affiliate Issues. FCC rules impose restrictions on network affiliation agreements. Among other things, such rules prohibit a television station from entering into any affiliation agreement that:
  •  requires the station to clear time for network programming that the station had previously scheduled for other use; or
 
  •  precludes the preemption of any network programs that the station believes to be unsuitable for its audience or that precludes the substitution of network programming with programming that the station believes to be of greater local or national importance (this is the “right to reject rule”).
      The FCC is currently reviewing its rules governing the relationship between television broadcasting networks and their affiliates under a long-pending formal inquiry and a more recent petition filed by trade associations representing affiliates of some of the broadcast networks. We are unable to predict when and how the FCC will resolve these issues.
      Other Regulations Affecting Broadcast Stations. General. The Communications Act of 1934 requires broadcasters to serve “the public interest.” Since the late 1970s, the FCC gradually has relaxed or eliminated many of the more formalized procedures it had developed to promote the broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a station’s community of license. However, television station licensees are still required to present programming that is responsive to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating such responsiveness. The FCC may consider complaints from viewers concerning programming when it evaluates a station’s license renewal application, although viewer complaints also may be filed and considered by the FCC at any time. There are other FCC rules and policies, and rules and policies of other federal agencies, that regulate matters such as the ability of stations to obtain exclusive rights to air syndicated programming, cable and satellite systems’ carriage of syndicated and network programming on distant stations, political advertising practices, application procedures and other areas affecting the business or operations of broadcast stations.

33


Table of Contents

      Public Interest Programming. Broadcasters are required to air programming addressing the needs and interests of their communities of license, and to place quarterly “issues/programs lists” in their public inspection files reporting such programming.
      Children’s Television Programming. The Children’s Television Act of 1990 limits the permissible amount of commercial matter that may be broadcast during children’s programming, and it requires each television station to present “educational and informational” children’s programming. The FCC has adopted license renewal processing guidelines effectively requiring television stations to broadcast an average of three hours per week of children’s educational programming. The FCC has ruled that the essential children’s programming requirements will apply separately to each of the digital programming streams that a broadcaster distributes.
      Closed Captioning/ Video Description. The FCC has adopted rules requiring closed captioning of broadcast television programming. By January 1, 2006, subject to certain exceptions, television broadcasters must provide closed captioning for 100% of their programming.
      Television Violence. Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the television industry developed a voluntary program ratings system that the FCC subsequently approved. In addition, the 1996 Telecommunications Act requires that all television license renewal applications contain summaries of written comments and suggestions concerning violent programming that were received by the station during the license term.
      Decency. Several bills are pending in Congress that would increase the monetary penalties, and also make license forfeiture a possible penalty, for the broadcast of indecent material.
      Equal Employment Opportunity. In April 1998, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit concluded that certain affirmative action requirements of the FCC’s Equal Employment Opportunity (“EEO”) regulations were unconstitutional. The FCC responded to the court’s ruling in September 1998 by suspending certain reporting requirements and commencing a proceeding to consider new rules that would not be subject to the court’s constitutional objections. The FCC did not suspend its general prohibition on employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, national origin or sex. In January 2000, the FCC adopted new EEO rules, but the same court struck down these rules in January 2001. The FCC thereafter suspended its new rules. On November 20, 2002, the FCC issued its Second Report and Order and Third Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on the subject of EEO rules applicable to broadcasters, which is the FCC’s effort to craft constitutional rules in the aftermath of the January 2001 court ruling. The FCC’s new EEO rules became effective March 10, 2003. It is impossible to predict the effect of these Rules, or whether they will survive judicial challenge.
      Restrictions on Broadcast Advertising. The advertising of cigarettes on broadcast stations has been banned for many years. The broadcast advertising of smokeless tobacco products has more recently been banned by Congress. Certain Congressional committees have examined legislative proposals to prohibit or severely restrict the advertising of beer, wine, and liquor. We cannot predict whether any proposal will be enacted into law and, if so, what the final form of such law might be. The elimination or restriction of advertisements for beer and wine could have an adverse effect on our stations’ revenues and operating profits.
      Digital Television. The digital television, or DTV, transmission system delivers video and audio signals of higher quality (including high definition television) than the existing analog transmission system. DTV also has substantial capabilities for multiplexing (the broadcast of several programs concurrently) and data transmission. Digital television will require consumers to purchase new televisions that are capable of receiving and displaying DTV signals or adapters to receive DTV signals and convert them into analog signals for display on existing receivers.
      In April 1998, the FCC assigned each licensed television station a second broadcast channel on which to provide DTV service. In general, the DTV channels assigned to television stations are intended to allow stations to have their DTV coverage area replicate their analog coverage area, although a number of variables will ultimately determine the extent to which a station’s DTV operation will provide such replication.

34


Table of Contents

      By May 1, 2002, all commercial television station licensees were required to complete construction and commence operating DTV facilities except to the extent that the FCC extended the deadline in certain cases. Our stations are in compliance with the deadlines applicable to them.
      We estimate that approximately $4.4 million of capital expenditures after December 31, 2004 will be necessary to meet the DTV requirements for all of our stations.
      Once a station begins broadcasting its DTV signal, it may broadcast both its analog and DTV signals until December 31, 2006, after which, subject to certain conditions described below, the FCC expects to reclaim one of the channels and broadcasters will operate a single DTV channel. Starting April 1, 2003, commercial station operators must simulcast at least 50 percent of the video programming broadcast on their analog channel on their DTV channel. The required simulcast percentage increases annually until April 1, 2005, when an operator must simulcast 100 percent of its programming on its analog and DTV channels.
      Channels now used for analog broadcasts range from 2 through 69. The FCC designated Channels 2 through 51 as the “core” channels which will be used for DTV broadcasts. However, because of the limited number of core DTV channels currently available, the FCC assigned many stations DTV channels above Channel 51 (Channels 52 through 69) for use during the transition period from simultaneous digital and analog transmission to DTV only operation. At the end of the transition period these stations will have to change their DTV operation to one of the DTV core channels. This has created three categories of television stations with respect to their analog and DTV channel assignments: (1) stations with both their analog and DTV channels within the “core” channels; (2) stations with either an analog or DTV channel inside the core and the other outside the core; and (3) stations with both their analog and DTV channels outside the core. All of our stations currently fall within the first or second group; none of our stations have both analog and DTV channels outside the core. Stations with both their analog and DTV channels inside the core will be required to select which of the two channels they will use for permanent DTV operation at the end of the transition period. The FCC has not yet established the permanent DTV channel selection process for stations (including one of our stations) that fall into the second group.
      The Communications Act provides that under certain conditions the DTV transition period may be extended beyond December 31, 2006. The transition is to be extended in any market in which one of the following conditions is met: (1) a station licensed to one of the four largest networks (ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox) is not broadcasting a digital signal and that station has qualified for an extension of the FCC’s DTV construction deadline; (2) digital-to-analog converter technology is not generally available in the market; or (3) fifteen percent or more of the television households in the market do not subscribe to a multichannel video programming distributor (cable, direct broadcast satellite) that carries the digital channel of each of the television stations in the market broadcasting a DTV channel, and do not have at least one television receiver capable of receiving DTV broadcasts or an analog television receiver equipped with a digital-to-analog converter capable of receiving DTV broadcasts. We cannot predict whether the DTV transition period will be extended in any of our markets.
      Television stations that are broadcasting both analog and DTV signals may continue to elect either must-carry status or retransmission consent for their analog signals, but they may only choose retransmission consent for their digital signals. A television station may assert must-carry rights for its DTV signal if it only operates a DTV signal or if it returns its analog channel to the FCC and converts to DTV operations only.
      The exercise of must-carry rights by a television station for its DTV signal applies only to a single programming stream and other program-related content. If a television station is concurrently broadcasting more than one program stream on its DTV signal, it may select which program stream is subject to its must-carry election. Cable systems are not required to carry Internet, e-commerce or other ancillary services provided over DTV signals if those services are not related to the station’s primary video programming carried on the cable system. The same DTV carriage rules are generally applicable to satellite providers with respect to markets in which they provide local-into-local service.

35


Table of Contents

      Television station operators may use their DTV signals to provide ancillary services, such as computer software distribution, Internet, interactive materials, e-commerce, paging services, audio signals, subscription video, or data transmission services. To the extent a station provides such ancillary services, it is subject to the same regulations as are applicable to other analogous services under the FCC’s rules and policies. Commercial television stations also are required to pay the FCC five percent of the gross revenue derived from all ancillary services provided over their DTV signal for which the station received a fee in exchange for the service or received compensation from a third party in exchange for transmission of material from that third party, not including commercial advertisements used to support broadcasting.
      Proposed Legislation and Regulations. Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation and ownership of our stations. In addition to the changes proposed and noted above, other matters that could affect our broadcast properties include technological innovations affecting the mass communications industry such as spectrum allocation matters (including assignment by the FCC of channels for additional television stations), low power television stations, and multichannel video program service providers (including cable television, direct broadcast satellite and wireless cable systems).
      The foregoing summarizes the material television broadcasting industry regulations with which we must comply. However, it does not purport to describe all present and proposed federal, state and local regulations and legislation relating to the television broadcast industry, some of which are subject to judicial and legislative review and change. The impact of any such development on the television broadcast industry or on us cannot be predicted at this time.
Employees
      As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 3,000 full-time and part-time employees. Of these, approximately 463 were employed in cable television, 2,080 in newspaper publishing, 338 in television broadcasting and 121 in other operations and general corporate.
      Substantially all non-management employees of our newspapers are represented by various labor unions. The current labor agreements with the seven unions with a total of 13 bargaining units representing the employees of the Post-Gazette run through December 31, 2006. Four unions with a total of eight bargaining units represent the employees of The Blade under labor agreements that run through March 21, 2006. We believe that our relations with our newspaper employees are good.
      In addition to our newspaper employees, as of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 140 employees in our cable television and related companies who were represented by the Brotherhood of Teamsters under four separate collective bargaining agreements. Those four agreements expire, respectively, in January 2007, May 2007, October 2008, and October 2009. Our relations with each of these four units are harmonious. We believe that overall our employee relations are good.
Item 2. Properties
      Our principal executive offices are located at 541 N. Superior Street, Toledo, Ohio.
      The types of properties required to support cable television operations include offices, operations centers and hub sites where signals are received and distributed, and related warehouse space. The types of properties required to support newspaper publishing include offices, facilities for printing presses and production and storage, and depots for distribution. The types of properties required to support television broadcasting stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. A station’s studios are generally housed with its offices. The transmitter sites and antennas are generally located in elevated areas to provide optimal signal strength and coverage.

36


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth certain information regarding our significant properties:
Cable Television
                       
        Owned or   Approximate   Expiration
Company/Property Location   Use   Leased   Size   of Lease
                 
Buckeye CableSystem
                   
 
Toledo, OH
  Office space   Leased     1,430 sf     September 2005
 
Toledo, OH
  Office space   Leased     1,600 sf     July 2005
 
Toledo, OH
  Office space   Owned     35,690 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Operations center (headend)   Owned     36,000 sf    
 
Temperance, MI
  Bedford headend   Leased     375 sf     December 2011
 
Toledo, OH
  Operations center warehouse   Owned     9,200 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Warehouse   Leased     12,000 sf     May 2006
 
Toledo, OH
  Office space   Leased     1,600 sf     December 2006
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Owned     800 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Owned     720 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Owned     300 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Owned     160 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     60 sf     February 2023
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     60 sf     November 2023
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     60 sf     August 2022
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     60 sf     August 2022
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     60 sf     October 2022
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     60 sf     April 2023
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     160 sf     September 2022
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     160 sf     November 2022
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     160 sf     February 2023
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     160 sf     June 2022
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Leased     120 sf     June 2023
 
Toledo, OH
  Hub site   Owned     240 sf    
Erie County CableSystem
                   
 
Sandusky, OH
  Office space   Leased     16,750 sf     June 2015
 
Erie Co., OH
  Headend   Owned     2,823 sf    
 
Erie Co., OH
  Warehouse   Owned     1,536 sf    

37


Table of Contents

Publishing
                       
        Owned or   Approximate   Expiration
Company/Property Location   Use   Leased   Size   of Lease
                 
Pittsburgh Post-Gazette:
                   
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Printing plant/office   Owned     230,400 sf    
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Office space   Leased     360 sf     March 2006
 
Greensburg, PA
  Office space   Leased     294 sf     Month to Month
 
Harrisburg, PA
  Office space   Leased     100 sf     Month to Month
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Inserting facility   Owned     33,565 sf    
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Garage   Owned     19,655 sf    
 
Aliquippa, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     15,100 sf     December 2009
 
Bethel Park, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     July 2005
 
Carnegie, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,300 sf     Month to month
 
Cranberry, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     9,000 sf     Month to Month
 
Donora, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     March 2005
 
Gibsonia, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     February 2006
 
Houston, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     September 2005
 
Lawrence, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,200 sf     September 2005
 
Monroeville, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,600 sf     February 2009
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     14,700 sf     March 2007
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     9,800 sf     March 2011
 
Pittsburgh, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     December 2008
 
Sharpsburg, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,200 sf     March 2006
 
Tarentum, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     7,500 sf     January 2009
 
West Mifflin, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     10,100 sf     February 2006
 
Wilkinsburg, PA
  Distribution center   Leased     17,000 sf     May 2005
The Blade:
                   
 
Toledo, OH
  Main building and printing plant   Owned     160,000 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Inserting facility   Leased     20,000 sf     June 2009
 
Holland, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     10,900 sf     March 2012
 
Northwood, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     9,800 sf     January 2010
 
Perrysburg, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     August 2008
 
Sylvania Twp., OH
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     March 2008
 
Toledo, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     11,920 sf     January 2013
 
Toledo, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     12,500 sf     September 2005
 
Toledo, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     10,000 sf     June 2009
 
Toledo, OH
  Distribution center   Leased     9,800 sf     April 2012
 
Toledo, OH
  Circulation department   Owned     1,300 sf    
 
Toledo, OH
  Office space   Owned     35,000 sf    

38


Table of Contents

Television Broadcasting
                           
        Owned or   Approximate   Expiration
Company/Property Location   Use   Leased   Size   of Lease
                 
Independence Television Co.
 
Louisville, KY
  Office space     Owned       35,000 sf    
 
Floyd County, IN
  Tower     Owned       72 acres    
 
Floyd County, IN
  Satellite dish site     Leased       1 acre     2015
Idaho Independent Television
 
Boise County, ID
  Tower site     Leased       200 sf     July 2006
 
Nampa, ID
  Site for satellite dishes     Leased       10,000 sf     October 2005
 
Nampa, ID
  Office space     Owned       10,000 sf    
Lima Communications Corp.
 
Lima, OH
  Office space and tower     Owned       10,890 sf    
WLFI-TV, Inc. (WAND)
                       
 
Decator, IL
  Office space, entertainment and tower     Owned       18,500 sf    
 
Argenta, IL
  Tower     Owned       2,200 sf    
 
Danville, IL
  Equipment     Leased       240 sf     March 2006
Miscellaneous
                           
        Owned        
        or   Approximate   Expiration
Company/Property Location   Use   Leased   Size   of Lease
                 
Block Communications, Inc.
                       
 
Toledo, OH
  Condominium     Owned       1,500 sf    
Corporate Protection Service, Inc.
                       
 
Toledo, OH
  Central Station     Leased       2,000 sf     Month to Month
 
Toledo, OH
  Office and warehouse space     Leased       13,500 sf     December 2014
      Many of these properties are subject to liens securing our senior credit facilities.
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings
      In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in a number of lawsuits and administrative proceedings. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of these matters, management believes, after consultation with legal counsel, that the disposition of these proceedings should not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
      None.

39


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
      Shares of our Class A and Voting and Non-voting Common Stock are owned 100% by members of the Block family and are not publicly traded. There are four holders of our Voting Common Stock, 29 holders of our Non-voting Common Stock and 11 holders of our Class A Stock.
      We declare and pay cash dividends on our Class A and Common Stock. During each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we paid $75,000 and $1.1 million of dividends on Voting Common Stock and Non-voting Common Stock, respectively. We also paid $63,000 of dividends on Class A Stock in each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. The frequency and amount of dividend payments are determined by the Board of Directors and reviewed quarterly. The covenants within our senior credit facilities limit the amount of annual cash dividends to $2.0 million or 50% of excess cash flow, which ever is higher but not greater than $3.0 million per year. Our future dividend policy will be determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of various factors, including our results of operations, financial performance, and capital requirements.
      There were no repurchases of equity securities by the Company or any affiliated purchases during the fourth quarter of 2004.
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data
      The following table sets forth our financial data and other operating information. The financial data was derived from our consolidated financial statements. The financial data and other operating information that follows is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

40


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                             
    2000   2001   2002   2003   2004
                     
    (in thousands except operating data)
Income Statement Data:
                                       
 
Revenue:
                                       
   
Cable(1)
  $ 85,123     $ 92,749     $ 105,217     $ 113,568     $ 121,216  
   
Publishing
    286,717       264,679       257,256       251,334       257,535  
   
Broadcasting(2)
    42,531       35,184       39,964       39,406       39,444  
   
Other Communications
    9,603       17,931       20,152       19,784       20,158  
                               
      423,974       410,543       422,589       424,092       438,353  
 
Expense:
                                       
   
Cable
    77,548       87,907       95,146       104,542       112,621  
   
Publishing
    277,312       262,799       249,187       252,879       257,954  
   
Broadcasting
    37,099       36,973       36,313       36,693       36,387  
   
Other Communications
    12,614       18,855       17,699       17,452       18,071  
   
Corporate general and administrative
    4,152       2,705       6,046       4,398       4,831  
   
Loss on impairment of intangible asset
                      8,378        
                               
      408,725       409,239       404,391       424,342       429,864  
 
Operating income (loss)
    15,249       1,304       18,198       (250 )     8,489  
 
Nonoperating income (expense):
                                       
   
Interest expense
    (14,175 )     (19,486 )     (22,952 )     (19,633 )     (19,968 )
   
Gain on disposition of Monroe Cablevision
                21,141              
   
Gain on disposition of WLFI-TV, Inc. 
    22,339                          
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                (8,990 )            
   
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
          (5,340 )     (733 )     3,908       4,238  
   
Investment income
    106       47       126       1,110       376  
                               
      8,270       (24,779 )     (11,408 )     (14,615 )     (15,354 )
                               
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    23,519       (23,475 )     6,790       (14,865 )     (6,865 )
 
Provision (credit) for income taxes(3)
    9,540       (6,596 )     2,936       27,608       (54 )
                               
 
Income (loss) before minority interest
    13,979       (16,879 )     3,854       (42,473 )     (6,811 )
 
Minority interest
    (427 )     235       (477 )     2,861       41  
                               
 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    13,552       (16,644 )     3,377       (39,612 )     (6,770 )
 
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax benefit(4)
    (771 )     (1,213 )     (837 )     (960 )      
                               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 12,781     $ (17,857 )   $ 2,540     $ (40,572 )   $ (6,770 )
                               
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,213     $ 5,883     $ 9,782     $ 11,461     $ 3,549  
 
Total assets
    464,190       485,554       511,725       478,681       462,755  
 
Total funded debt(5)
    213,356       237,264       252,778       268,165       262,467  
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    61,390       37,583       20,646       (27,314 )     (36,416 )
Cable Operating Data (unaudited):
                                       
 
Homes passed
    253,903       255,852       246,546       249,879       253,813  
 
Basic subscribers
    158,537       157,341       152,392       149,178       145,951  
 
Basic penetration
    62.4 %     61.5 %     61.8 %     59.7 %     57.5 %
 
Premium units
    69,649       70,909       70,160       61,458       61,677  
 
Premium penetration
    43.9 %     45.1 %     46.0 %     41.2 %     42.3 %
 
Cable modem subscribers
    7,022       15,221       22,656       29,807       37,702  
 
Digital subscribers
          7,846       26,092       38,073       50,725  
 
Average monthly revenue per basic subscriber(6)
  $ 44.45     $ 48.87     $ 56.95     $ 62.58     $ 68.26  
Publishing Operating Data (unaudited):
                                       
 
Daily circulation(7)
    381,643       380,646       385,070       384,600       383,152  
 
Sunday circulation(7)
    611,005       603,485       601,405       593,883       590,200  
Other Data:
                                       
 
Cable adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(8)
  $ 30,063     $ 32,135     $ 37,278     $ 41,808     $ 44,930  
 
Publishing adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(8)
    23,851       15,785       19,558       9,391       10,118  
 
Broadcasting adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(8)
    8,009       3,088       7,164       5,888       5,681  
 
Other and corporate adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(8)
    (5,050 )     (732 )     1,660       4,464       3,791  
 
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(9)
    56,873       50,276       65,660       61,551       64,520  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    48,662       55,533       54,903       57,820       58,451  
 
Capital expenditures
    80,340       62,154       32,031       55,070       51,205  
 
(1)  Effective March 29, 2002 we consummated an asset exchange agreement with Comcast Corp. which resulted in an exchange of 100% of the assets of Monroe Cablevision for 100% of the assets of Comcast’s Bedford, Michigan operations plus a cash payment to us of $12.1 million. Results of the acquired system are included from the date of acquisition, and pro-forma amounts are not material.

41


Table of Contents

(2)  Effective April 1, 2000, we acquired a two-thirds interest in WAND Television, Inc. in exchange for the assets of WLFI-TV, Inc. On March 30, 2001, we purchased WFTE TV. Results of the acquired stations are included from the date of acquisition, and pro-forma amounts are not material.
 
(3)  In 2003, the company recognized a $31.6 million charge to record a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.
 
(4)  Effective May 31, 2003, the Company suspended operations of Community Communication Services, Inc. (CCS). Effective December 31, 2003 the Company sold the net assets of certain divisions of Corporate Protection Services, Inc. (CPS) and ceased operating those divisions. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the results of operations of CCS and the affected divisions of CPS are reported separately from results of continuing operations for all periods presented.
 
(5)  Total funded debt includes the balances outstanding under the subordinated notes, senior credit facilities, and capital leases. Total funded debt does not include the $2.9 million and $4.1 million adjustment to the carrying value of underlying debt recorded as of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, in accordance with SFAS No. 133.
 
(6)  Represents average monthly revenues for the period divided by the average number of basic subscribers throughout the period.
 
(7)  Circulation numbers are based on the average paid circulation for the 12 months ended March 31 of each year for the Post-Gazette, as set forth in the ABC Audit Report for such period. Circulation numbers for The Blade are based on the average paid circulation for the 12 months ended September 30 of each year, as set forth in the ABC Audit Report for such period, excluding the period ending September 30, 2004. The circulation numbers as of September 30, 2004 reflect the numbers calculated in accordance with ABC rules and regulations; however, due to the availability and timing of the ABC audits throughout 2004, these numbers have not been verified in a formal audit report received from ABC.
 
(8)  The individual segment’s net income does not include corporate general and administrative expenses, which are included with other communications. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income by segment is provided below.
 
(9)  Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before provision for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization (including amortization of broadcast rights), other non-cash charges, gains or losses on disposition of assets, and extraordinary items and after payments for broadcast rights. We calculate adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition set forth in our senior debt agreements. Accordingly, we have excluded the change in fair value of derivatives from adjusted EBITDA because our derivatives consist of interest rate swap contracts. Since interest expense is a recurring charge excluded from adjusted EBITDA, we also exclude the changes in value of swap contracts, as these are put in place in order to manage our cost of debt. Furthermore, we have excluded gains or losses on the disposition of assets, since the losses typically represent the undepreciated cost of disposed assets and their exclusion is a logical extension of excluding depreciation from adjusted EBITDA. In the interest of consistency, gains are also excluded.
  When we present adjusted EBITDA for our business segments, we exclude certain expenses consisting primarily of corporate general and administrative expenses that have not been allocated to individual segments. Corporate general and administrative expenses were $6.0 million, $4.4 million, and $4.8 million for 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively.

42


Table of Contents

  Other media companies may measure adjusted EBITDA in a different manner. We have included adjusted EBITDA data because such data is commonly used as a measure of performance for media companies and is also used by investors to measure a company’s ability to service debt. Furthermore, management uses adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure upon which budgets are established at the subsidiary level and upon which incentive compensation is awarded. Adjusted EBITDA is used as one method of measuring growth and trends in the financial performance of our business units and is the financial measure used by our Board of Directors to determine the amount of quarterly dividends paid to our shareholders. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant component of the financial covenants contained in our senior debt agreement.
 
  As stated above, we have calculated adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition set forth in the senior debt agreement dated May 15, 2002, as amended. This agreement governs all of our senior credit facilities, which represent 32% of our debt outstanding at December 31, 2004, and includes certain key financial covenants. The covenants provide, among other things, restrictions on total and senior leverage, minimums on adjusted EBITDA, and maximums on capital expenditures. Specific covenants include consolidated total and senior leverage ratios which are defined as the ratio of consolidated total or senior funded indebtedness to consolidated adjusted EBITDA. As of December 31, 2004, the maximum allowable consolidated total and senior leverage ratios were 5.50 to 1.00 and 2.50 to 1.00, respectively. The maximum allowable consolidated total leverage ratio decreases to 5.25 to 1.00 at March 31, 2005, and the maximum allowable consolidated senior leverage ratio decreases to 2.25 to 1.00 at September 30, 2005. Other material covenants include interest coverage ratio and consolidated coverage ratio. Interest coverage ratio is defined as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest charges. As of December 31, 2004, the minimum allowable interest coverage ratio was 2.25 to 1.00, increasing to 2.50 to 1.00 at December 31, 2005. Consolidated coverage ratio is defined as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated debt service. Consolidated debt service includes interest payments and scheduled principal payments. The minimum allowable consolidated coverage ratio is 2.25 to 1.00, remaining at that level through September 30, 2007.
 
  We are in compliance with all of our debt covenants. At December 31, 2004, our total leverage ratio is 4.29 to 1.00, senior leverage ratio is 1.57 to 1.00, interest coverage ratio is 3.23 to 1.00, and our consolidated coverage ratio is 3.04 to 1.00.
 
  Non-compliance with any of these covenants could have a significant impact on our liquidity, as it may result in an amendment to our existing credit agreements or require us to refinance all or a portion of our senior credit facilities. The actual impact of non-compliance can not be predicted with certainty, as it would be dependent upon our financial condition as well as the condition of financial markets at that time.
 
  We understand the material limitations associated with the use of a non-GAAP measure. Accordingly, adjusted EBITDA is not, and should not be used as, an indicator of or alternative to operating income (loss), net income (loss) or cash flow as reflected in our consolidated financial statements, is not intended to represent funds available for debt service, dividends or other discretionary uses, is not a measure of financial performance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Refer to our financial statements, including our statement of cash flows, which appear elsewhere in this report. The following calculations of adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled amounts of other companies. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income is provided below.

43


Table of Contents

                                             
    2000   2001   2002   2003   2004
                     
    (In thousands)
Reconciliation of cable adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
 
Net income(8)
  $ 5,464     $ 2,721     $ 7,003     $ 6,345     $ 5,487  
 
Adjustments to net income:
                                       
   
Provision for income taxes
    2,111       2,126       3,072       2,685       3,110  
   
Depreciation
    22,123       27,166       26,681       30,010       32,612  
   
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    46       44       559       739       740  
   
Amortization of broadcast rights
    384       382       324       302       245  
   
Film payments
    (362 )     (286 )     (223 )     (319 )     (243 )
   
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    297       (18 )     (138 )     2,046       2,979  
                               
 
Cable adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(9)
  $ 30,063     $ 32,135     $ 37,278     $ 41,808     $ 44,930  
                               
Reconciliation of publishing adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
 
Net income (loss)(8)
  $ 1,842     $ (2,211 )   $ 2,345     $ (3,344 )   $ (2,013 )
 
Adjustments to net income:
                                       
   
Interest expense
    2,424       2,118       1,814       1,742       207  
   
Provision for income taxes
    5,139       1,973       3,911       58       1,387  
   
Depreciation
    11,978       11,382       11,299       10,566       9,754  
   
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    2,486       2,486       353       353       357  
   
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (18 )     37       (164 )     16       426  
                               
 
Publishing adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(9)
  $ 23,851     $ 15,785     $ 19,558     $ 9,391     $ 10,118  
                               
Reconciliation of broadcasting adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
 
Net income (loss)(8)
  $ 3,532     $ (1,216 )   $ 2,410     $ (3,889 )   $ 2,151  
 
Adjustments to net income:
                                       
   
Provision (credit) for income taxes
    1,474       (302 )     784       1,093       958  
   
Depreciation
    1,973       2,528       2,660       2,874       2,562  
   
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    594       781       17       17       17  
   
Amortization of broadcast rights
    5,935       6,129       6,814       6,718       5,988  
   
Film payments
    (5,523 )     (4,831 )     (5,521 )     (6,614 )     (6,080 )
   
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    24       (1 )           76       85  
   
Loss on impairment of intangible, net of minority interest
                      5,613        
                               
 
Broadcasting adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(9)
  $ 8,009     $ 3,088     $ 7,164     $ 5,888     $ 5,681  
                               
Reconciliation of other and corporate adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
 
Net income (loss)(8)
  $ 1,942     $ (17,151 )   $ (9,218 )   $ (39,684 )   $ (12,395 )
 
Adjustments to net income:
                                       
   
Interest expense
    11,751       17,368       21,138       17,891       19,761  
   
Provision (credit) for income taxes
    452       (10,929 )     (5,039 )     23,315       (5,509 )
   
Depreciation
    2,791       3,525       4,113       4,266       4,461  
   
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    352       1,111       2,082       1,975       1,715  
   
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    1       4       2       40       (4 )
   
Change in fair value of derivatives
          5,340       733       (3,908 )     (4,238 )
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                8,990              
   
Gain on sale of WLFI-TV, Inc. 
    (22,339 )                        
   
Gain on sale of Monroe Cablevision
                (21,141 )            
   
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations
                      569        
                               
Other and corporate adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(9)
  $ (5,050 )   $ (732 )   $ 1,660     $ 4,464     $ 3,791  
                               
Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 12,780     $ (17,857 )   $ 2,540     $ (40,572 )   $ (6,770 )
 
Adjustments to net income:
                                       
   
Interest expense
    14,175       19,486       22,952       19,633       19,969  
   
Provision (credit) for income taxes
    9,176       (7,132 )     2,728       27,151       (54 )
   
Depreciation
    38,865       44,601       44,753       47,716       49,389  
   
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    3,478       4,422       3,011       3,084       2,828  
   
Amortization of broadcast rights
    6,319       6,510       7,138       7,020       6,234  
   
Film payments
    (5,885 )     (5,117 )     (5,744 )     (6,933 )     (6,323 )
   
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    304       23       (300 )     2,178       3,486  
   
Change in fair value of derivatives
          5,340       733       (3,908 )     (4,239 )
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                8,990              
   
Gain on sale of WLFI-TV, Inc. 
    (22,339 )                        
   
Gain on sale of Monroe Cablevision
                (21,141 )            
   
Loss on impairment of intangible, net of minority interest
                      5,613        
   
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations
                      569        
                               
 
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(9)
  $ 56,873     $ 50,276     $ 65,660     $ 61,551     $ 64,520  
                               

44


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
      The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.
Overview
      We are a privately held diversified media company with our primary operations in cable television, newspaper publishing and television broadcasting. We provide cable television service to the greater Toledo, Ohio metropolitan area (Buckeye CableSystem) and the Sandusky, Ohio area (Erie County CableSystem). At December 31, 2004, we had approximately 146,000 subscribers. We publish two daily metropolitan newspapers, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and The Blade in Toledo, Ohio, each of which is the leading publication in its market. The aggregate average daily and Sunday paid circulation of our two newspapers is approximately 383,200 and 590,200, respectively. We own and operate four television stations: two in Louisville, Kentucky, and one each in Boise, Idaho and Lima, Ohio; and we are a two-thirds owner of a television station in Decatur, Illinois. We also have other communication operations including a commercial telecom business and a home security business.
      For the year ended December 31, 2004, we had revenues, adjusted EBITDA, operating income and a net loss of $438.4 million, $64.5 million, $8.5 million and $6.8 million, respectively. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and related discussion is provided below.
      During 2003, we reorganized various operations within the non-reportable other communications segment. Effective May 31, 2003, we suspended the operations of Community Communication Services, Inc. (CCS), an alternative advertising distribution company. Effective December 31, 2003, we sold the net assets of certain divisions of Corporate Protection Services, Inc. (CPS) and ceased operating those divisions. The disposed divisions were previously involved in the sale, installation, and testing of commercial security and fire protection systems. CPS continues to provide sales, installation, and monitoring of residential security and fire protection systems. We feel the residential business complements the residential services offered by our cable companies. This reorganization did not have a material impact on 2004 operations, nor do we expect this reorganization to have a material impact on our liquidity, financial condition, or continuing results of operations in the future.
Revenues
      Most cable revenue is derived from monthly subscription fees for our cable services, including basic and digital cable and high-speed data services, installation and equipment rental charges, pay-per-view programming charges, and the sale of available advertising spots on advertiser-supported programming. Cable revenue is affected by the timing of subscriber rate increases, subscriber fluctuations, the demand for advanced cable products, the amount of pay-per-view programming available to us and the demand for that programming, and the demand for advertising spots.
      The majority of publishing revenue is derived from the sale of advertising space and from subscription and single copy sales of our newspapers. Advertising, including Internet revenue, was 79.9%, 79.8%, and 80.6% of newspaper revenue for 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively. Publishing revenue fluctuates with the general condition of the local and national economy. Seasonal revenue fluctuations are also common in the newspaper industry, due primarily to fluctuations in expenditure levels by local and national advertisers.
      The principal source of television broadcasting revenue is the sale of broadcasting time on our stations for advertising. Broadcasting revenue fluctuates with the general condition of the local and national economy. Broadcasting revenue also fluctuates from year to year, due to variations in the amount of political advertising, and seasonally, due to fluctuations in expenditure levels by local and national advertisers.
      Other communications revenue consists of sales in our non-reportable segments, including our commercial telecom and home security and alarm monitoring businesses.

45


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses
      Cable expenses include programming expenses, salaries and benefits of technical personnel, depreciation and amortization, and selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses include customer service operations, accounting and billing services, office administration expenses, property taxes and corporate charges for support functions. Basic cable programming expenses were 27.9%, 27.0%, and 27.8% of cable operating expense for 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense relates primarily to the capital expenditures associated with the rebuild and expansion of our cable systems, along with the deployment of advanced cable products, including high-definition, digital and high-speed cable modems. Depreciation expense has been accelerated in various reporting periods to reflect the anticipated completion dates of the rebuilds and the subsequent write-off of assets.
      Publishing expenses include employee salaries and benefits, newsprint and ink expense, depreciation and amortization, and selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses include pension and health and welfare costs, as well as corporate charges for support functions. Salaries and benefits are the largest operating expense of our newspaper publishing segment. Newsprint, ink and related costs are our second largest operating expense for this segment accounting for 11.9%, 12.1%, and 12.7% of newspaper operating expenses for 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively. Newsprint prices fluctuate with the market, based primarily on the supply and demand for newsprint.
      Television operating expenses consist of employee salaries and commissions, cost of electricity, depreciation and amortization, programming expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses. Depreciation and amortization primarily relates to the amortization of broadcast rights and the capital expenditures required for the full-power digital broadcasting. Selling, general and administrative expenses include office administration, advertising and promotion expenses, and corporate charges for support functions.
Depreciation and Amortization
      Depreciation and amortization relates primarily to the capital expenditures associated with rebuilding, expanding and improving our cable systems, publishing facilities and telecom facilities. As a result of our plan to continue to invest in our cable systems, publishing properties and telecom facilities and to convert our television stations to full-power digital-capable broadcasting, we expect to report higher levels of depreciation and amortization than are reflected in our historical consolidated financial statements.
Adjusted EBITDA
      We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before provision (credit) for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization (including amortization of broadcast rights), and other non-cash charges, gains or losses on disposition of assets, and extraordinary items and after payments for broadcast rights. We calculate adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition set forth in our senior debt agreements. Accordingly, we have excluded the change in fair value of derivatives from adjusted EBITDA because our derivatives consist of interest rate swap contracts. Since interest expense is a recurring charge excluded from adjusted EBITDA, we also exclude the changes in value of swap contracts, as these are put in place in order to manage our cost of debt. Furthermore, we have excluded gains or losses on the disposition of assets, since the losses typically represent the undepreciated cost of disposed assets and their exclusion is a logical extension of excluding depreciation from adjusted EBITDA. In the interest of consistency, gains are also excluded.
      When we present adjusted EBITDA for our business segments, we exclude certain expenses consisting primarily of corporate general and administrative expenses that have not been allocated to individual segments. Corporate general and administrative expenses were $6.0 million, $4.4 million, and $4.8 million for 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively.

46


Table of Contents

      Other media companies may measure adjusted EBITDA in a different manner. We have included adjusted EBITDA data because such data is commonly used as a measure of performance for media companies and is also used by investors to measure a company’s ability to service debt. Furthermore, management uses adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure upon which budgets are established at the subsidiary level and upon which incentive compensation is awarded. Adjusted EBITDA is used as one method of measuring growth and trends in the financial performance of our business units and is the financial measure used by our Board of Directors to determine the amount of quarterly dividends paid to our shareholders. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant component of the financial covenants contained in our senior debt agreement.
      As stated above, we have calculated adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition set forth in the senior debt agreement dated May 15, 2002, as amended. This agreement governs all of our senior credit facilities, which represent 32% of our debt outstanding at December 31, 2004, and includes certain key financial covenants. The covenants provide, among other things, restrictions on total and senior leverage, minimum required amounts of adjusted EBITDA, and limits on capital expenditures. Specific covenants include consolidated total and senior leverage ratios which are defined as the ratio of consolidated total or senior funded indebtedness to consolidated adjusted EBITDA. As of December 31, 2004, the maximum allowable consolidated total and senior leverage ratios were 5.50 to 1.00 and 2.50 to 1.00, respectively. The maximum allowable consolidated total leverage ratio decreases to 5.25 to 1.00 at March 31, 2005, and the maximum allowable consolidated senior leverage ratio decreases to 2.25 to 1.00 at September 30, 2005. Other material covenants include interest coverage ratio and consolidated coverage ratio. Interest coverage ratio is defined as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest charges. As of December 31, 2004, the minimum allowable interest coverage ratio was 2.25 to 1.00, increasing to 2.50 to 1.00 at December 31, 2005. Consolidated coverage ratio is defined as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated debt service. Consolidated debt service includes interest payments and scheduled principal payments. The minimum allowable consolidated coverage ratio is 2.25 to 1.00, remaining at that level through September 30, 2007. We are in compliance with all of our debt covenants at December 31, 2004.
      Non-compliance with any of these covenants could have a significant impact on our liquidity. We would be required to either amend our existing credit agreements or refinance all or a portion of our senior credit facilities. The actual impact of non-compliance can not be predicted with certainty, as it would be dependent upon our financial condition as well as the condition of financial markets at that time.
      We understand the material limitations associated with the use of a non-GAAP measure. Accordingly, adjusted EBITDA is not, and should not be used as, an indicator of or alternative to operating income (loss), net income (loss) or cash flow as reflected in our consolidated financial statements, is not intended to represent funds available for debt service, dividends or other discretionary uses, is not a measure of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Refer to our financial statements, including our statement of cash flows, which appear elsewhere in this report. The following calculations of adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled amounts of other companies. For a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, see item 6 “Selected Financial Data” above, or “Results of Operations” below.

47


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
      The following table summarizes our consolidated historical results of operations and consolidated historical results of operations as a percentage of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. It also provides a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA.
Block Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Results of Operations
                                                   
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (Unaudited)
Revenue:
                                               
 
Publishing
  $ 257,535,429       58.8 %   $ 251,333,791       59.3 %   $ 257,256,343       60.9 %
 
Cable
    121,216,180       27.7       113,567,820       26.8       105,216,502       24.9  
 
Broadcasting
    39,444,103       9.0       39,406,282       9.3       39,964,031       9.5  
 
Other communications
    20,157,582       4.6       19,784,459       4.7       20,152,011       4.8  
                                     
      438,353,294       100.0       424,092,352       100.0       422,588,887       100.0  
Expense:
                                               
 
Publishing
    257,954,188       58.8       252,878,514       59.6       249,186,956       59.0  
 
Cable
    112,621,527       25.7       104,542,386       24.7       95,146,484       22.5  
 
Broadcasting
    36,386,890       8.3       36,693,290       8.7       36,312,941       8.6  
 
Other communications
    18,070,758       4.1       17,451,402       4.1       17,699,243       4.2  
 
Corporate expenses
    4,830,588       1.1       4,398,354       1.0       6,045,826       1.4  
 
Loss on impairment of intangible asset
                  8,378,058                        
                                     
      429,863,951       98.1       424,342,004       100.1       404,391,450       95.7  
                                     
Operating income (loss)
    8,489,343       1.9 %     (249,652 )     -0.1 %     18,197,437       4.3 %
Nonoperating income (expense):
                                               
 
Interest expense
    (19,968,502 )             (19,633,266 )             (22,952,372 )        
 
Gain on disposition of Monroe Cablevision
                                21,140,829          
 
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
    4,238,437               3,908,162               (732,748 )        
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                                (8,989,786 )        
 
Investment income
    375,631               1,110,158               126,221          
                                     
      (15,354,434 )             (14,614,946 )             (11,407,856 )        
                                     
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (6,865,091 )             (14,864,598 )             6,789,581          
Provision for income taxes
    (54,022 )             27,607,585               2,934,948          
Minority interest
    40,721               2,860,804               (476,840 )        
                                     
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (6,770,348 )             (39,611,379 )             3,377,793          
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax
                  (960,213 )             (837,347 )        
                                     
Net income (loss)
    (6,770,348 )             (40,571,592 )             2,540,446          
Add:
                                               
 
Interest expense
    19,968,502               19,633,266               22,952,372          
 
Provision for income taxes
    (54,022 )             27,150,700               2,727,500          
 
Depreciation
    49,388,976               47,715,423               44,753,126          
 
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    2,828,113               3,083,785               3,011,349          
 
Amortization of broadcast rights
    6,233,664               7,020,339               7,138,102          
 
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
    3,485,673               2,177,810               (300,268 )        
 
Loss on impairment of intangible asset, net of minority interest
                  5,613,299                        
 
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations
                  569,015                        
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                                8,989,786          
 
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
    (4,238,437 )             (3,908,162 )             732,748          
Less:
                                               
 
Gain on disposition of Monroe Cablevision
                                (21,140,829 )        
 
Payments on broadcast rights
    (6,322,598 )             (6,933,128 )             (5,744,461 )        
                                     
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 64,519,523             $ 61,550,755             $ 65,659,871          
                                     

48


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003
Revenues
      Revenues increased $14.3 million, or 3.4%, from 2003 to 2004. The increase in revenues was due to increased revenues throughout all operating segments. The growth in cable revenue was principally due to the increase in the monthly basic cable service charge and the continued rollout of new services. The growth in publishing revenues was attributable to strengthening of the advertising market due to a slight improvement in the overall economic environment. Slight broadcasting revenue growth was due to political advertising during 2004.
      Cable Television. Cable revenue for the year was $121.2 million, an increase of $7.6 million, or 6.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in cable revenue was principally attributable to an increase of $5.68, or 9.1%, in the average monthly revenue per basic subscriber, partially offset by a decrease in basic subscribers. An increase in the monthly basic cable service charge and continued rollout of new services drove the increase in average monthly revenue per subscriber. Average monthly high-speed data revenue per data customer of $43.38 decreased $1.65, or 3.7%, as compared to the prior year. The decrease in high-speed data average revenue resulted from packaging discounts and promotional offers, along with the launch of lower speed, lower-priced tiers designed to compete against dial-up internet and DSL service. Average monthly digital revenue per digital home was $14.97, an increase of $.44, or 3.0%, as compared to 2003. The increase in average digital revenue resulted from Video on Demand service, partially offset by packaging discounts and promotional offers. The discounts and promotional offers continued throughout 2004 due to the increasingly competitive environment from DBS and alternative Internet service providers.
      Revenue generating units increased in the digital and high-speed data categories throughout 2004. The net increase in high-speed data subscribers totaled 7,895, or 26.5%, and the net increase in digital homes totaled 12,652, or 33.2%, during the year. This resulted in 37,702 high-speed data subscribers and 50,725 digital homes as of December 31, 2004. Basic subscribers at the end of the period totaled 145,951, a net decrease of 3,227 basic subscribers from December 31, 2003. This was due to the net decrease of 3,000 basic subscribers in the Toledo system due to an increase in non-pay disconnects and fewer installations resulting from soft economic conditions within the Toledo market, as well as continued competition. The Erie County system recognized a net decrease in basic subscribers of 227 due primarily to the delay in the system rebuild and the corresponding delay in the rollout of advanced services. The rebuild and conversion of subscribers was completed by the end of the second quarter of 2004.
      Newspaper Publishing. Publishing revenue for the year was $257.5 million, an increase of $6.2 million, or 2.5%, as compared to 2003. The increase in publishing revenue was due primarily to a $7.0 million, or 3.5%, increase in advertising revenue to $207.6 million in 2004. Total advertising revenue growth is attributable to increases in retail, national, classified, and internet advertising of $2.1 million, or 2.0%, $2.0 million, or 6.7%, $3.4 million, or 5.0%, and $512,000, or 19.5%, respectively; partially offset by decreases other advertising, including trade, of $1.0 million. We believe the growth of the advertising market was due primarily to the strengthening of the overall economic environment.
      Circulation revenue decreased $1.1 million, or 2.3%, to $47.8 million in 2004 due to the continued losses in daily and Sunday net paid circulation for both home delivery and single copy sales and to a decrease in the average earned rate per copy. The variance in rate per copy is the result of lower rates received from event, sponsor, and Newspapers In Education copies sold during 2004 as compared to 2003. Other revenue, which is composed of third-party and total market delivery and niche publications, increased $337,000, or 19.1%.
      Television Broadcasting. Broadcasting revenue for the year was $39.4 million, an increase of $38,000, or 0.1%, as compared to 2003. National and political revenue increased $15,000, or 0.1%, and $2.0 million, or 227.7%, respectively. The national and political revenue growth was partially offset by a decrease in local revenue of $2.1 million, or 6.8%. Increases in trade and other revenue of $171,000 and $82,000, respectively, were offset by an increase in agency commissions of $162,000.

49


Table of Contents

      For more than a decade, our Louisville stations had the local broadcast rights for the University of Louisville football and men’s basketball games. Our rights expire after the 2004-2005 basketball season and have not been renewed. In 2004, our Louisville stations reported net revenues and operating income related to the broadcast of University of Louisville events totaling $1.8 million and $624,000, respectively.
      Other Communications. Other communications revenue from continuing operations for the year was $20.2 million, an increase of $373,000, or 1.9%, as compared to 2003. The increase in other communication revenue was primarily a result of a $132,000, or 0.8%, increase in telecom revenue to $17.7 million in 2004.
      The increase in telecom revenue was primarily due to an increase in competitive access and local exchange/ switched service revenue of $1.3 million, or 11.3%, due to the net addition of 138 telecom customers, representing a 20.8% increase in the customer base. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in reciprocal compensation revenue, long-distance revenue, and carrier access billings of $411,000, or 34.7%, $120,000, or 5.4%, and $653,000, or 48.5% respectively.
      Effective June 14, 2003, an incumbent carrier invoked the FCC order on reciprocal compensation rate reduction. Reciprocal compensation revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $774,000 as compared to $1.2 million for the same period of the prior year.
      The revenue relating to residential security alarm system sales and monitoring increased $241,000, or 10.9%, due to increases in the number of system sales and increases in the average revenue per installation recognized throughout 2004.
Operating Expenses
      Operating expenses increased $5.5 million, or 1.3%, from 2003 to 2004. The increase in operating expenses was attributable to increased expenses in all operating segments except broadcast.
      Cable Television. Cable cost of revenue for the year was $87.0 million, an increase of $7.3 million, or 9.2%, from 2003. Basic cable programming expenses increased $3.1 million, or 11.0%, to $31.3 million, due to price increases from programming suppliers and the launch of Buckeye CableSystem Sports Network, partially offset by the decrease in basic subscribers. Programming expense for the digital tier increased $1.1 million due to an increase in the number of digital subscribers as compared to the prior year. Cable modem operating expenses increased $452,000, or 19.7%, due to additional customer service representatives and network and product improvements implemented in response to subscriber growth. Other departmental expenses decreased due to tight budgetary controls. Depreciation and amortization increased $2.6 million, or 8.5%, to $33.4 million in 2004 due to the capital expenditures associated with the rebuild of our Erie County cable system and continued rollout of advanced services. In addition, depreciation expense has been accelerated to shorten the expected useful life for analog converters based on the anticipated increase in the penetration of digital and high-definition converters and the foreseeable earlier obsolescence of analog converters.
      Selling, general and administrative expense was $25.7 million, an increase of $776,000, or 3.1%, due primarily to losses on disposal of assets totaling $3.0 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to losses on disposal of assets of $2.0 million for 2003. Marketing and advertising expenses increased $395,000 due to various promotional offers and advertising campaigns launched in response to increased competition. These increases were partially offset by the settlement and corresponding reversal of a sales and use tax accrual established during 2003 as a result of an assessment received from the Ohio Department of Taxation (ODT). Subsequent to December 31, 2004, we received the final settlement from ODT, resulting in a $546,000 reversal of the accrual established during 2003. This was recorded as a reduction to 2004 sales tax expense. Other general and administrative expenses decreased due to tight budgetary controls.

50


Table of Contents

      Newspaper Publishing. Publishing cost of revenue for the year was $186.4 million, an increase of $4.3 million, or 2.4%, from 2003. The increase was due to increases in circulation, advertising sales and editorial expense of $2.0 million, $378,000 and $300,000, respectively. Circulation department expenses increased due to contractual wage increases, and overtime resulting from the plant improvement project. Editorial expenses increased primarily due to contractual wage increases. Newsprint and ink expense increased $2.2 million, or 7.4%, resulting from a weighted-average price per ton increase of $48.22, or 10.3%, partially offset by a 1.2% decrease in consumption from the prior year. Depreciation and amortization decreased $808,000, or 7.4%, due to the assets acquired during the 1992 Pittsburgh Press acquisition becoming fully depreciated by the end of 2003.
      Selling, general and administrative expenses, including pension and welfare costs, were $71.6 million, an increase of $794,000, or 1.1%, as compared to the prior year. The Post-Gazette’s general and administrative expenses increased $1.6 million, or 3.6%. This increase in expenses is partially due to increases in the Post-Gazette’s pension and workers’ compensation costs of $1.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively. These increases were partially offset by savings in administrative payroll and related cost of $890,000 and savings in other post-employment benefits of $1.2 million, due primarily to the implementation of accounting guidance related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003. The Blade’s general and administrative expenses decreased $828,000, or 3.3%, due to savings in other post-employment benefits and legal and professional fees and overall cost controls, offset by increases in pension and workers’ compensation expense. Workers’ compensation expense at both newspapers has increased as compared to the prior year due to an increase in the number of claims and the average dollar value associated with outstanding claims.
      Television Broadcasting. Broadcasting cost of revenue for the year was $22.8 million, a decrease of $791,000, or 3.3%, from 2003. The decrease results primarily from a decrease in broadcast film amortization of $729,000, partially offset by increases in engineering and news departmental expenses of $107,000 and $220,000, respectively. Other savings resulted from overall cost control initiatives. Depreciation and amortization decreased $312,000, or 10.8%.
      Selling, general and administrative expense was $13.5 million, an increase of $485,000, or 3.7%, primarily from an increase in general and administrative expenses of $638,000, or 8.4%, attributable to employee benefit costs. These administrative increases were partially offset by a decrease in sales expense of $209,000, or 4.4%, due to tight budgetary controls.
      Other Communications. Other communications cost of revenue from continuing operations was $9.8 million, a decrease of $23,000, or 0.2%, from 2003. Telecom cost of revenue decreased $167,000, or 2.0%, due primarily to a decrease of $588,000 in long-distance expense, partially offset by increases in network monitoring and information system expense of $238,000. Home security alarm system sales and monitoring cost of revenue increased $144,000, or 9.8%, due primarily to increases in the number of unit sales and increases in inventory obsolescence reserves, specifically related to inventory maintained for future warranty work. Depreciation and amortization increased $212,000, or 5.0%, primarily due to capital spending associated with the telecom operations.
      Selling, general and administrative expense was $8.3 million, an increase of $642,000, or 8.4%. Telecom selling, general and administrative expense increased $621,000, or 9.8%, due to one-time conversion costs for a new billing system, increases in bad debt expense associated with WorldCom and Global Crossing, and an increase in pension expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for our residential security business increased $21,000, or 1.7%.
Operating Income
      Operating income increased $8.7 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Cable operating income decreased $431,000, or 4.8%. The decrease in cable operating income was primarily due to increased programming expenses, increased depreciation expense, and a loss on the disposal of assets resulting from the rebuild of our cable systems; these declines were partially offset by revenue growth generated by rate increases and the continued rollout of advances services.

51


Table of Contents

      Publishing operating loss decreased $1.1 million, or 72.9%. The decrease in publishing operating loss was due to the growth in advertising sales, partially offset by increases in newsprint and ink and rising employee benefit costs.
      Broadcasting operating income increased $8.7 million, or 154.0%, due to an $8.4 million impairment charge recorded during 2003. The impairment charge represented the excess of the carrying value over the determined fair value of the FCC license held by the WAND- TV Partnership.
      Other communications operating income from continuing operations decreased $246,000, or 10.6%, due primarily to an increase in telecom selling, general and administrative expenses partially offset by revenue growth in both telecom and residential security alarm operations.
      The operating loss attributable to corporate expenses increased $432,000 from the prior year due to overall increases in employee benefits and legal and professional fees. Employee benefit expenses increased due to favorable medical expense trending realized and recorded during 2003. Legal and professional fees increased due to an amendment fee and legal expenses paid during the first quarter of 2004 for the third amendment to our senior credit facilities dated March 19, 2004.
Non-Operating Income or Expense
      Our non-operating income and expense consist of interest expense, investment income, change in fair value of interest rate swaps, and any non-recurring items that are not directly related to our primary operations. Net non-operating expense increased $739,000, or 5.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Interest expense increased $335,000, or 1.7%, while investment income decreased $735,000, or 66.2%, from 2003 to 2004. Interest expense in 2004 increased due to the increase in the effective interest rate, partially offset by the decrease in outstanding debt. The income attributable to the change in the fair value of our non-hedge interest rate swaps increased $330,000, or 8.5%, as compared to 2003 due to the specific swaps in effect during the two periods and changes in the interest rate environment.
Net Income
      For the year ended December 31, 2004, the company reported a net loss of $6.8 million compared to a net loss of $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in net loss is the result of an $8.7 million increase in operating income and two non-cash charges recorded during 2003. These charges were a $5.6 million non-cash impairment loss, net of minority interest, and a $31.6 million non-cash charge resulting from a valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. These variances which reduced our net loss were partially offset by a $739,000 increase in non-operating expense as discussed above. The impairment charge recorded during 2003 represented the excess of the carrying value over the determined fair value of the FCC license held by the WAND-TV Partnership. The impairment arose from a write-down of our FCC license resulting from a discounted cash flow forecast that uses industry averages to determine the fair value of the license. The decrease in fair value was the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry-wide station operating margins. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for a full discussion on the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
Depreciation and Amortization
      Depreciation and amortization increased $1.4 million, or 2.8%, from 2003 to 2004. The increase was primarily due to a $2.6 million, or 8.5%, increase in cable depreciation and amortization to $33.4 million in 2004, attributable to the capital expenditures associated with the rebuild of our Erie County cable system and continued rollout of advanced services. In addition, depreciation expense has been accelerated to modify the expected useful life for analog converters based on the anticipated increase in the penetration of digital, high-definition, and DVR converters and the foreseeable obsolescence of analog converters. Publishing depreciation and amortization decreased $808,000, or 7.4%, due to the assets acquired during the 1992 Pittsburgh Press acquisition becoming fully depreciated by the end of 2003. Broadcasting depreciation decreased $312,000, or 10.8%; while other communications depreciation expense increased $212,000, or 5.0%. Corporate amortization expense decreased $259,000, or 13.1%, due to the expiration of various non-compete agreements.

52


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA
      Adjusted EBITDA increased $3.0 million, or 4.8%, from 2003 to 2004. Adjusted EBITDA as a percent of revenues increased to 14.7% during 2004, from 14.5% in 2003. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income is provided above. Net loss as a percentage of revenue was 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to net loss as a percentage of revenue at December 31, 2003 of 9.6%. As discussed above, a $31.6 million valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets and an impairment loss of $5.6 million, net of minority interest, were recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003.
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002
Revenues
      Revenues for 2003 were $424.1 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 0.4%, from 2002. The increase in revenues was due to increased cable revenues partially offset by decreased advertising revenues in both our publishing and broadcasting operations. The decreased revenues were attributable to a soft advertising market, which was primarily the result of a weak overall economic environment. Other communications revenue decreased slightly due mainly to the reduction in telephony revenues resulting from declining reciprocal compensation.
      Cable Television. Cable revenue for the year was $113.6 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 7.9%, from 2002. The increase in cable revenue was principally attributable to an increase of $5.63, or 9.9%, in the average monthly revenue per basic subscriber, partially offset by a decrease in basic subscribers. The increase in the average monthly revenue per basic subscriber was primarily attributable to an increase in the basic cable service rate charged to subscribers and growth in high-speed cable modem and digital cable subscribers.
      Revenue generating units increased in the digital and high-speed data categories throughout 2003. Net digital additions totaled 11,981, or 45.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2003, resulting in 38,073 digital revenue generating units. Net high-speed data additions in 2003 totaled 7,242, or 32.1%, resulting in 29,807 high-speed data revenue generating units as of December 31, 2003. Basic subscribers at the end of the period totaled 149,178, a decrease of 3,214 basic subscribers from December 31, 2002. This is due to the decrease of 2,164 basic subscribers in the Toledo system due to an increase in non-pay disconnects and fewer installations resulting from soft economic conditions within the Toledo market, as well as competition from DBS. The Erie County system recognized a decrease in basic subscribers of 1,050 due primarily to the delay in system rebuild and the corresponding delay in the rollout of advanced services. This rebuild was completed by the end of the second quarter of 2004.
      Newspaper Publishing. Publishing revenue for the year was $251.3 million, a decrease of $5.9 million, or 2.3%, from 2002. The decrease in publishing revenue was due primarily to a $4.8 million, or 2.3%, decrease in advertising revenue to $200.6 million in 2003. Total advertising revenue decreased because of a reduction in retail and classified advertising of $4.7 million, or 4.4%, and $4.5 million, or 6.1%, respectively; these declines were partially offset by increases in national and other advertising sources of $2.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The reduction in classified advertising was due primarily to the decrease in placement of help wanted advertising.
      Circulation revenue decreased $1.0 million, or 2.0%, to $48.9 million in 2003 due to the economic downturn causing losses in daily and Sunday net paid circulation for both home delivery and single copy sales and corresponding decreases in the average earned rate per copy. Other circulation revenue, which is composed of third-party and total market delivery and niche publications, was consistent with 2002.
      Television Broadcasting. Broadcasting revenue was $39.4 million, a decrease of $558,000, or 1.4%, from 2002. National and political revenue decreased $359,000, or 2.7%, and $2.0 million, or 68.6%, respectively, resulting from greatly reduced political advertising demand due to the lack of political races during 2003. The national and political revenue declines were partially offset by an increase in local and trade revenue of $1.2 million, or 4.7%, and $320,000, or 40.6%, respectively, along with a reduction in agency commissions of $282,000, or 3.8%.

53


Table of Contents

      For more than a decade, our Louisville stations had the local broadcast rights for the University of Louisville football and men’s basketball games. Our rights expire after the 2004-2005 basketball season. In 2003, our Louisville stations reported net revenues and operating income related to the broadcast of University of Louisville events totaling $2.0 million and $812,000, respectively.
      Other Communications. Other communications revenue from continuing operations was $19.8 million, a decrease of $368,000, or 1.8%, from 2002. The decrease in other communication revenue was primarily a result of a $273,000, or 1.5%, decrease in telecom revenue to $17.6 million in 2003.
      The decrease in telecom revenue was primarily due to the reduction in reciprocal compensation revenue, long-distance revenue, and carrier access billings of $1.2 million, or 51.0%, $634,000, or 21.1%, and $555,000, or 28.9% respectively; these reductions were partially offset by an increase in competitive access and local exchange revenues of $798,000, or 22.8%, and $1.0 million, or 14.1%, respectively, due primarily to the net addition of 94 telecom customers, representing a 16.5% increase in the customer base.
      Effective June 14, 2003, an incumbent carrier invoked the FCC order on reciprocal compensation rate reduction. Reciprocal compensation revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $1.2 million as compared to $2.4 million for the same period of the prior year.
      The revenue relating to residential security alarm system sales and monitoring decreased $95,000, or 4.1%, due to decreases in the number of system sales throughout 2003.
Operating Expenses
      Operating expenses for the year were $424.3 million, an increase of $20.0 million, or 4.9%, from 2002. The increase in operating expenses was largely attributable to increased cable, publishing, and broadcast expenses and partially offset by decreased corporate general and administrative expenses. In addition, during 2003, we recorded an $8.4 million non-cash impairment loss, $5.6 million net of minority interest, resulting from the write-down of our FCC license held by the WAND-TV Partnership.
      Cable Television. Cable cost of revenue was $79.7 million, an increase of $6.0 million, or 8.1%, from 2002. The increase was primarily due to a $3.5 million, or 12.9%, increase in depreciation and amortization to $30.7 million in 2003, attributable to the capital expenditures associated with the rebuild of our Toledo cable system and continued rollout of cable modems and digital cable service. In addition, depreciation expense for the Erie County system was accelerated to modify the useful life of various system assets in anticipation of the completion during the second quarter 2004 of our system rebuild. Basic cable programming expenses increased $1.7 million, or 6.4%, to $27.9 million, due to price increases from programming suppliers. Programming expense for the digital tier increased $845,000, due to an increase in the number of digital subscribers as compared to the prior year.
      Selling, general & administrative expense was $24.9 million, an increase of $3.4 million, or 16.0%, due primarily to increases in personal property tax, worker’s compensation expense, expense related to employee pension benefits, an overall increase in property and casualty insurance rates, and a loss on disposal of assets of $2.0 million resulting from the rebuild of our Toledo and Erie County systems.
      During 2003, the cable operations received assessment notices from the Ohio Department of Taxation (ODT) totaling $541,000 representing sales and use tax on property and services purchased during the period of January 1, 1999 through June 30, 2002 that were used for the Company’s cable modem and other internet services. The cable operations maintain that these purchases are exempted from sales and use tax pursuant to the “used directly in the rendition of a public utility service” exemption, and have appealed the state’s assessment. In light of prior cable industry settlements with ODT concerning customer premise equipment, we chose to accrue for these assessments. At December 31, 2003, the cable operations had accrued $571,000 to cover this exposure. The company, in cooperation with others in the cable industry, discussed with senior ODT administrators a potential resolution to the disputed legal issue. As noted above, a final settlement was reached with ODT, resulting in a reversal of the accrual.

54


Table of Contents

      Newspaper Publishing. Publishing cost of revenue was $182.1 million, an increase of $1.4 million, or 0.8%, from 2002. The increase was due to increases in circulation, advertising and production expense of $272,000, $256,000 and $830,000, respectively, primarily due to contractual wage increases. Newsprint expense increased $815,000, or 2.8%, resulting from a weighted-average price per ton increase of $27.28, or 6.2%, partially offset by a 3.7% decrease in consumption from the prior year. These increases were partially offset by a $733,000, or 6.3%, decrease in depreciation and amortization due primarily to the controlled capital spending at the publishing group subsequent to the 1992 acquisition of the Pittsburgh Press.
      Selling, general and administrative expense was $70.8 million, an increase of $2.2 million, or 3.3%, as compared to the prior year. This increase in expenses is partially due to contractual increases in wages and increased expense related to employee pension benefits. G&A expenses also increased from the year ended December 31, 2002 due to a favorable variance in bad debt expense recognized in the second quarter of 2002 resulting from cash collections on a significant retail account, which had been fully reserved totaling $1.2 million.
      Television Broadcasting. Broadcasting cost of revenue was $23.6 million, an increase of $719,000, or 3.1%, from 2002. The increase results primarily from increases in programming and news expense of $474,000 and $176,000, respectively, partially offset by decreases in engineering expense of $140,000. Depreciation expense increased $214,000, or 8.1%, due to various capital expenditures to maintain operating assets.
      Selling, general and administrative expense was $13.1 million, a decrease of $339,000, or 2.5%, due to a decrease in promotion and administrative expenses of $276,000 and $260,000, respectively, resulting from cost control initiatives. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in sales expense of $197,000.
      Other Communications. Other communications cost of revenue from continuing operations was $9.8 million, a decrease of $80,000, or 0.8%, from 2002. Telecom cost of revenue decreased $144,000, or 1.7%, due to a decrease of $626,000 in long-distance expense, partially offset by increases in technical and information systems expense of $240,000 and $124,000, respectively. Depreciation expense increased $156,000, or 5.0%, due primarily to the telecom capital spending for expansion and improvement of operating assets. Home security alarm system sales and monitoring cost of revenue increased $64,000, or 4.5%.
      Selling, general and administrative expense was $7.6 million, a decrease of $167,000, or 2.1%. Telecom selling, general and administrative expense decreased $544,000, or 7.9%, due primarily to a decrease in gross receipts tax of $171,000 and a decrease in general and administrative expenses of $358,000 due to tight cost controls. Selling, general and administrative expenses for our residential security business increased $376,000, or 42.1%, due primarily to an increase in general and administrative expenses of $316,000, resulting from an increase in bad debt expense and employee benefits.
Operating Income
      Operating income decreased $18.4 million from 2002 to 2003. Cable operating income decreased $1.0 million, or 10.4%. The decrease in cable operating income was primarily due to increased programming expenses and depreciation expense, and a loss on the disposal of assets resulting from the rebuild of our cable systems in Toledo and Erie County; these declines were partially offset by revenue growth generated by rate increases and the continued rollout of advances services.
      Publishing operating income decreased $9.6 million, or 119.1%. The decrease in publishing operating income was due to the continued reduction in advertising sales, resulting from the continued economic softness in the markets we serve.

55


Table of Contents

      Broadcasting operating income decreased $9.3 million, due to an $8.4 million impairment charge recorded during 2003 and lower national and political advertising demand in our markets during 2003, partially offset by increases in local advertising. The impairment charge represents the excess of the carrying value over the determined fair value of the FCC license held by the WAND-TV Partnership. The impairment arises from a write-down of our FCC license resulting from a discounted cash flow forecast that uses industry averages to determine the fair value of the license. The decrease in fair value is the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry-wide station operating margins.
      Other communications operating income from continuing operations decreased $120,000.
      Corporate general and administrative expenses decreased $1.6 million due to the reduction in compensation expense relating to management bonuses and executive committee stock awards earned in 2002.
Non-Operating Income or Expense
      Our non-operating income and expense consist of interest expense, investment income, change in fair value of interest rate swaps, and any non-recurring items that are not directly related to our primary operations. Net non-operating expense increased $3.2 million, or 28.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This was primarily due to a $21.1 million gain recognized on the like-kind exchange of Monroe Cablevision during 2002. Interest expense decreased $3.3 million, or 14.5%, while investment income increased $984,000, from 2002 to 2003. Interest expense in 2003 decreased due to the decrease in the effective interest rate, partially offset by the increase in outstanding debt. The income attributable to the change in the fair value of our non-hedge interest rate swaps increased $4.6 million as compared to 2002 due to the specific swaps in effect during the two periods and changes in the interest rate environment. Finally, due to the refinancing during 2002, we recorded a $9.0 million loss related to the early extinguishment of debt.
Net Income
      For the year ended December 31, 2003, the company reported a net loss of $40.6 million compared to net income of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease in net income is the result of an $18.4 million decrease in operating income, a $3.2 million increase in net non-operating expense, and a $31.6 million non-cash charge resulting from a valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for a full discussion on the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. The non-cash impairment loss recognized in net loss totaled $5.6 million, net of minority interest.
Depreciation and Amortization
      Depreciation and amortization increased $3.0 million, or 6.4%, from 2002 to 2003. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily due to the rebuild of our cable systems in Toledo and Erie County, accelerated depreciation expense to modify the expected useful life of various the Erie County System assets in anticipation of a 2004 completion, and other capital expenditures to maintain our operating assets.
Adjusted EBITDA
      Adjusted EBITDA decreased $4.1 million, or 6.3%, from 2002 to 2003. Adjusted EBITDA as a percent of revenues decreased from 15.5% in 2002 to 14.5% in 2003. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income is provided above. The decrease in adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the reduction in publishing advertising revenue resulting from the economic conditions during 2003; this reduction was partially offset by increased revenue from the continued rollout of high margin advanced cable products and the increase in cable service charges. Net loss as a percentage of revenue was 9.6% for the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared to net income as a percentage of revenue at December 31, 2002 of 0.6%. As discussed above, a $31.6 million valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003, and the year ending December 31, 2002 included a $13.5 million gain, net of tax, related to the like-kind exchange and a $5.8 million loss, net of tax, on early extinguishment of debt.

56


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
      Historically, our primary sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facilities. The need for liquidity arises primarily from capital expenditures and interest payable on the senior subordinated notes and the senior credit facility.
      Net cash provided by operating activities was $52.2 million and $42.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively. The net cash provided by operating activities is determined by adding back depreciation and amortization, and adjusting for other non-cash items, including $27.0 million of deferred income taxes resulting principally from the valuation allowance recorded during the fourth quarter of 2003. Net cash provided by operating activities also reflects a $3.0 million contribution to the corporate pension plan made in 2004 and a $7.0 million contribution made in 2003. Cash used in investing activities was $53.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $54.9 million for the prior year. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes proceeds of $2.0 million from the sale of our investment in the Pittsburgh Pirates, along with the capital expenditures discussed below.
      Our capital expenditures have historically been financed with cash flow from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facility. We made capital expenditures, including capital leases, of $51.2 million and $55.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively. Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2004 were used primarily to complete the rebuild of the Erie County cable system, complete the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette facility upgrade and maintain other operating assets. Capital expenditures for 2003 were primarily used to begin the rebuild of the Erie County cable system, complete the rebuild of the Bedford, Michigan cable plant acquired from Comcast Corp. in the like-kind exchange, begin the first stages of the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette facility upgrade and maintain other operating assets.
      For the year ended December 31, 2005, it is anticipated that we will spend approximately $37.7 million on capital expenditures, including expenditures required for continued deployment of advanced cable products, the launch of residential telephony, continued growth in the telecom customer base, and various other improvements to our operations.
      Financing activities used $6.9 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $14.4 million of cash provided in the prior year. The financing activities of 2004 include a net pay-down on the senior credit facilities of $5.3 million, compared to a net pay-down in 2003 of $4.3 million. Furthermore, the financing activities of 2003 include two $10.0 million borrowings on the Term Loan A and a $3.6 million mandatory pre-payment on the senior credit facilities due to $7.1 million of excess cash flow generated during the year ended December 31, 2002.
      During the first half of 2002, we refinanced all of our previous debt outstanding. In April 2002, we issued $175 million of 91/4% senior subordinated notes and in May 2002, we entered into senior credit facilities including a $40 million delayed draw term loan A, a $75 million term loan B, and an $85 million revolver. The senior credit facilities are guaranteed by substantially all of our present and future domestic subsidiaries and are collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our and the guarantor subsidiaries’ material assets.

57


Table of Contents

      We have subsequently amended these facilities. Effective September 30 2003, we amended our senior credit facilities to effectively reduced the applicable margin on the Term Loan B facility by 50 basis points. The amendment also converted the $10.0 million outstanding under the Term Loan A facility to loans under the Term Loan B facility. Effective March 19, 2004, we further amended our senior credit facilities to restate various covenant levels and to substitute the fixed charge coverage test with a debt service coverage test. The amendment also places limits on capital expenditures throughout the term of the credit agreement. Effective February 1, 2005, we amended our senior credit facilities to effectively reduce the applicable margin on the Term Loan B and Term Loan A facilities by 50 basis points. The amendment also converts the $4.8 million outstanding under the Term Loan A to loans under the Term Loan B facility effective March 31, 2005. We estimate this amendment will reduce our interest expense over the twelve months following the amendment by approximately $421,000. We were in full compliance with all credit facility covenants at the time of these amendments.
      At December 31, 2004, the balances outstanding and available under our senior credit facilities and subordinated notes were $260.0 million and $68.0 million, respectively, and the weighted-average interest rate on the balance outstanding was 7.37% as adjusted for interest rate swaps in effect. At December 31, 2004, our covenants on our senior credit facilities would allow borrowing of the full availability, $68.0 million, based on our twelve month trailing adjusted EBITDA of $64.5 million. At December 31, 2003, the balances outstanding and available under our senior credit facility and subordinated notes were $265.3 million and $70.9 million, respectively, and the weighted-average interest rate on the balance outstanding was 6.50% as adjusted for interest rate swaps in effect. Interest expense in 2004 increased $335,000, or 1.7%, due to the increase in the effective interest rate, partially offset by the decrease in outstanding debt.
      We have a substantial amount of debt, and our high level of debt could have important consequences. Notwithstanding this substantial debt, we believe that funds generated from operations and the borrowing availability under our senior credit facilities will be sufficient to finance our current operations, our cash obligations in connection with the planned capital expenditures, and our financial obligations for the next twelve months.
      The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004, including periods in which the related payments are due (in 000’s):
                                                         
    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   Thereafter   Total
                             
Subordinated notes, as adjusted for fair value hedge
  $     $     $     $     $ 177,876     $     $ 177,876  
Senior term loans
    842       842       842       842       80,811             84,179  
Revolver
                            783             783  
Capital leases
    417       446       473       443       300       426       2,505  
                                           
Total long-term debt
    1,259       1,288       1,315       1,285       259,770       426       265,343  
Broadcast rights payable
    5,609       2,111       1,167       437       16             9,340  
Broadcast rights commitments
    744       2,812       2,578       2,526       1,781       3,672       14,113  
                                           
Total broadcast rights
    6,353       4,923       3,745       2,963       1,797       3,672       23,453  
Pension obligations(1)
    7,600       8,000       9,800       9,600       9,000       5,005       49,005  
Post-retirement medical obligations(1)
    4,972       4,768       4,984       5,108       5,242       80,163       105,237  
Operating leases
    1,892       1,230       830       736       434       1,988       7,110  
                                           
Total contractual obligations
  $ 22,076     $ 20,209     $ 20,674     $ 19,692     $ 276,243     $ 91,254     $ 450,148  
                                           
 
(1)  The contractual obligations for pensions and post-retirement medical benefits reflect the unfunded actuarially determined accumulated benefit obligations, which differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements. See Notes 8 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on pension and post-retirement medical obligations. Maturities presented here reflect projected contributions for these obligations over the next five years. Actual experience may differ from these estimates.

58


Table of Contents

      At December 31, 2004, we have recorded recoverable Federal income tax of $6.0 million, which includes the effect of new Federal tax legislation that increases the carryback period for net operating losses.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In April 2002, SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections, was issued and requires a gain or loss related to the extinguishment of debt to no longer be recorded as an extraordinary item. The Company elected early adoption of SFAS No. 145. As a result, a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $9.0 million is included in income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2002.
      In July 2002, SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, was issued and applies to fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2002. SFAS No. 146 requires certain costs associated with a restructuring, discontinued operation or plant closing to be recognized as incurred rather than at the date of commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The loss on disposal recognized in connection with the 2003 discontinuation of certain operations as discussed in Note 3 reflects the adoption of this standard.
      In November 2004, SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs — an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, was issued and applies to fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS No. 151 clarifies the accounting for idle facility expense, spoilage, double freight and rehandling costs in inventory pricing. The statement also requires that fixed costs for production overhead be allocated based on the normal capacity of the production facility. The adoption of this standard is expected to have no impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, SFAS No. 153, Accounting for Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, an Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, was issued and applies to non-monetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS No. 153 replaces the exception in Opinion 29 for non-monetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Under the statement, a non-monetary exchange is deemed to have commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The adoption of this standard is expected to have no impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
      We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and reflect practices appropriate to our businesses. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on a continual basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates and judgments. Management has discussed with the Board of Directors the development, selection and disclosure of the critical accounting policies and estimates and the application of these policies and estimates. In addition, there are other items within the financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed to be critical accounting policies and estimates. Changes in the estimates used in these and other items could have a material impact on the financial statements.
Pension and postretirement benefits
      We provide defined benefit pension, postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to eligible employees under a variety of plans (see Notes 8 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements). Accounting for pension and postretirement benefits requires the use of several assumptions.

59


Table of Contents

      Weighted average assumptions used each year in accounting for pension benefits and other postretirement benefits are:
                                 
        Other
    Pension   Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
         
    2004   2003   2004   2003
                 
Discount rate for expense
    6.25 %     7.00 %     6.25 %     7.00 %
Discount rate for obligations
    6.00 %     6.25 %     6.00 %     6.25 %
Increase in future salary levels for expense
    4.62 %     4.99 %            
Increase in future salary levels for obligations
    4.34 %     4.62 %            
Long-term rate of return on plans’ assets
    8.16 %     8.78 %            
      We expect to use a weighted-average long-term rate of return assumption of 8.18% in 2005, consistent with the expected rate of return estimated in accordance with our established investment policies. On a weighted average basis, the investment policies call for an allocation that consists of 63% equity securities and 37% fixed income securities. The long-term rate of return assumption is subject to change due to the fluctuation of returns in the overall equity and debt markets. As of the date of this report, a hypothetical one hundred basis point decrease in our long-term rate of return assumption would result in a $1.8 million increase in our net pension expense. In 2004, the pension plans’ assets earned a weighted-average return of approximately 9.0%, compared to a return of 13.9% in the prior year. We will use a discount rate of 6.00% for expense in 2005.
      Our pension plan asset allocations as of the measurement date for years ending December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, were as follows (in thousands):
                                 
Asset Category   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2002
         
Equity securities
  $ 112,031       62.4 %   $ 99,466       59.3 %
Fixed income securities
  $ 58,458       32.6 %   $ 50,901       30.4 %
Other assets, including cash and equivalents
  $ 8,925       5.0 %   $ 17,270       10.3 %
Total
  $ 179,414       100.0 %   $ 167,637       100.0 %
      Our current 2005 target allocation for pension plans assets is a weighted-average of 63% in equity securities and 37% in fixed income securities and other assets. As a result of all the assumptions provided above, we expect to incur a net periodic pension expense of $9.4 million in 2005 as compared to net periodic pension expense of $9.3 million in 2004.
      For purposes of measuring 2004 postretirement health care costs, a 10% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2004. The annual rate of increase for 2005, 2006 and 2007 was assumed to be 10%, 9%, and 8%, respectively. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5% through 2014 and remain at that level thereafter. On December 8, 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“Act”) was signed into law. Provisions of the Act include a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare Part D) as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. We provide a prescription drug benefit for certain groups of retirees and have assessed that benefit to be at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit provided under Medicare Part D based on the available information. Accordingly, under the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position No. FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (FSP FAS 106-2) we have accounted for anticipated subsidies under the Act.

60


Table of Contents

      In accordance with FSP FAS 106-2, we have elected retroactive application to the date of enactment and remeasured the plans’ accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) to include the effects of the subsidy as of December 31, 2003, the plans’ normal measurement date following the enactment of the Act. This remeasurement, resulting in a reduction of $11,323,000 in the plans’ APBO, has had no impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003. However, net periodic non-pension postretirement benefit cost for the 2004 fiscal year was reduced by $2.0 million. Anticipated subsidy receipts are estimated to be $446,000 in 2006, $499,000 in 2007, $550,000 in 2008, $591,000 in 2009, and $3,588,000 for the years 2010 through 2014. Various factors may cause actual experience to differ from these estimates.
      Assumed health care costs trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. As of the date of this report, a one hundred basis point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effect (in thousands):
                 
    1% Increase   1% Decrease
         
Net non-pension retirement benefit expense
  $ 3,131     $ (1,744 )
Benefit obligation
  $ 13,880     $ (36,451 )
      We plan to contribute approximately $7.5 million to our union, non-union, and non-qualified pension plans and approximately $5.0 million to our other postretirement benefit plans in 2005. Various factors may cause actual contributions to differ from this estimate.
Income taxes
      In determining income (loss) for financial statement purposes, we must make certain estimates and judgments. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain of the deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense. SFAS No. 109 also requires that the deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods.
      In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the three most recent fiscal years and our projections of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, we are responsible for assumptions utilized including the amount of state and federal pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the projections of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage our underlying businesses.
      In conjunction with the filing of our annual report on Form 10-K, we are required to reassess all significant estimates and judgments made in our financial statements, considering any additional information available. In performing our updated analysis of the realizability of our deferred tax assets, we considered the continued economic softness and the impact the economy had on our lines of business. Our projections for future periods continue to reflect the current economic status and the anticipated increases in related employee costs and benefits due to instability of discount rates. After performing our updated analysis and after considering all available evidence, both positive and negative, we concluded that a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets was still required as of December 31, 2004.
      We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent of offsetting decreases in our valuation allowance.

61


Table of Contents

Broadcast rights
      Broadcast rights consist principally of rights to broadcast syndicated programs, sports and feature films and are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. The total cost of these rights is recorded as an asset and a liability when the program becomes available for broadcast. We amortize these broadcast rights assets on the straight-line method over the number of estimated showings. At December 31, 2004 we had a net broadcast rights liability of $78,000, compared to a net broadcast right liability of $201,000 at December 31, 2003.
      We periodically review our broadcast rights inventory based on a program-by program review of our broadcast plans to ensure the assets are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Any determined impairment is written-off in the period identified. Actual write-offs in 2004 and 2003 were $63,000 and $324,000, respectively.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
      Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Purchased goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are no longer amortized but reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with lives restricted by contractual, legal, or other means continue to be amortized over their useful lives. Under SFAS No. 142, the impairment review of goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization must be based generally on fair values. The estimated fair values of these assets subject to the impairment review, which include goodwill, FCC broadcast licenses, and other intangibles, were calculated as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 based on projected future discounted cash flow analyses. The development of cash flow projections used in the analyses requires the use of assumptions regarding revenue and market growth. The analyses used discount rates based on specific economic factors. Since the estimated fair values of these assets used in the impairment calculation are subject to change based on our financial results and overall market conditions, future impairment charges are possible.
      As required by SFAS No. 142, we performed our annual impairment analysis of indefinite-lived intangibles during the fourth quarter of 2004. The fair values of reporting units used in the analysis of goodwill are determined through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation method based on the cash flows of the reporting unit and other market indicators. If required, the implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the determined fair value of the reporting unit to its assets and liabilities and calculating the amount of unit fair value in excess of the sum of the fair values of its assets and liabilities. The fair values of indefinite-lived intangibles are determined through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation method based on the cash flows allocable to the specific asset and other market indicators. No impairment has been recognized based upon the results of that analysis.
      As a result of the prior year analysis, we recognized an impairment loss of $5,613,299, net of minority interest, for the year ended December 31, 2003. The total loss, before minority interest, of $8,378,058 represents the excess of the carrying value over the determined fair value of the FCC license held by the WAND-TV Partnership. The impairment arises from a write-down of our FCC license resulting from a discounted cash flow forecast that uses industry averages to determine the fair value of the license. The decrease in fair value is the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry-wide station operating margins. This loss is reported in the statement of operations as an operating expense. The impaired asset is reported in the broadcasting segment for purposes of segment reporting.

62


Table of Contents

      The Company classifies the following intangible assets as amortizable under the provisions of SFAS No. 142 based upon definite lives:
                                 
    2004   2003
         
    Gross       Gross    
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
    Value   Amortization   Value   Amortization
                 
Franchise agreements
  $ 9,264,000     $ 2,033,798     $ 9,264,000     $ 1,294,235  
Subscriber lists
    4,000,000       4,000,000       4,000,000       3,666,667  
Agreements not to compete
    1,355,000       1,280,000       1,355,000       1,103,445  
Other intangibles
    1,258,458       756,684       1,258,458       716,510  
                         
    $ 15,877,458     $ 8,070,482     $ 15,877,458     $ 6,780,857  
                         
      Amortization expense recognized for the above assets is expected to be $1,133,402 in 2005; $785,079 in 2006, $781,500 in 2007 and $756,500 in 2008 and 2009.
      The following intangible assets have been identified as non-amortizable based upon indefinite useful lives and have not been amortized during the years ended December 31, 2004 or 2003:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Goodwill
  $ 52,034,273     $ 51,987,021  
FCC licenses
    19,938,123       19,938,123  
Other intangibles
    525,000       525,000  
             
    $ 72,497,396     $ 72,450,144  
             
      Our goodwill is allocated to reportable segments as follows:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Publishing
  $ 48,080,123     $ 48,080,123  
Cable
    1,416,002       1,416,002  
Broadcasting
    809,078       809,078  
Corporate and Other
    1,729,070       1,681,818  
             
    $ 52,034,273     $ 51,987,021  
             
Self-insurance liabilities
      We self-insure for certain medical benefits, workers’ compensation costs and automobile and general liability claims. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks are calculated using actuarial methods, historical experience, and current trends. The liabilities include amounts for actual claims, claim growth and claims incurred but not reported. Actual experience, including claim frequency and severity as well as health care inflation, could result in different liabilities than the amounts currently recorded. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks totaled $9.6 million and $9.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Accounts receivable allowances
      Our accounts receivable are primarily due from advertisers and customers receiving various services provided by our newspapers, cable, telecom and security monitoring operations. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, rebates and volume discounts. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, our allowance for accounts receivable was $3.8 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

63


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation
      Executive committee members are entitled to receive incentive compensation payable in shares of non-voting common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized $1.5 million in compensation expense for 3600 shares earned in 2002. As a result, 1,808 shares, net of taxes withheld, were issued in 2003. No shares were earned in the years ended December 31, 2003 or December 31, 2004. We account for our stock-based compensation in accordance with FAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure”, which provides that compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award and is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting or service period. We previously adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation; therefore, all years presented reflect this method.
Revenue Recognition
      The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and has been earned. Sales are considered earned when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services or products are delivered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Net sales for all segments are comprised of gross sales less rebates, discounts and allowances. Net broadcasting sales are also net of agency commissions.
      We bill for certain products and services prior to performance. Such services include newspaper subscriptions and cable, telephony and security monitoring services. These advance billings are included in deferred revenues and recognized as revenue in the period in which the newspapers or services are provided.
      See the footnotes to our audited financial statements for detailed disclosures of our revenue recognition policies.
Factors That Could Affect Future Results
We have substantial debt and have significant interest payment requirements, which may adversely affect our financial health and our ability to react to changes in our business.
      We have a significant amount of indebtedness. At December 31, 2004, we have total indebtedness of $265.3 million. In 2004, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $6.6 million.
      Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to holders of our indebtedness. For example, it could:
  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the senior credit facilities and subordinated notes;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
  •  place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt; and
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow additional funds.
      In addition, the indenture and the agreements relating to our senior credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.

64


Table of Contents

      Furthermore, we will need to refinance all or a portion of our debt within the next few years due to the maturity dates of our senior credit facilities. Our ability to successfully refinance will be dependent upon our financial condition, as well as, the condition of the financial markets at that time.
Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
      We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the agreements relating to our subordinated notes and senior credit facilities do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. As of December 31, 2004, we have approximately $68.0 million available under our senior credit facilities. Our covenants on our senior credit facilities would allow borrowing of the full $68.0 million based on our twelve month trailing adjusted EBITDA of $64.5 million. All borrowings under our senior credit facilities are secured by substantially all of our existing assets and rank senior to the subordinated notes and the subsidiary guarantees. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the leverage-related risks described above could intensify.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
      Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. A portion of the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities bears variable rates of interest. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
      We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us under our senior credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. The ability to borrow funds in the future under our senior credit facilities will depend on our meeting the financial covenants in the agreement governing those facilities. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities and the subordinated notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
The indenture for the subordinated notes and the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities contain various covenants that limit our management’s discretion in the operation of our businesses.
      The indenture governing the subordinated notes and the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities contain various provisions that limit our management’s discretion by restricting our ability to:
  •  incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;
 
  •  pay dividends and make other distributions;
 
  •  make investments and other restricted payments;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  sell assets; and
 
  •  enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
      These restrictions on our management’s ability to operate our businesses in accordance with its discretion could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our senior credit facilities require us to meet certain financial ratios in order to draw funds.

65


Table of Contents

      If we default under any financing agreements, our lenders could:
  •  elect to declare all amounts borrowed to be immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest; and/or
 
  •  terminate their commitments, if any, to make further extensions of credit.
      If we are unable to pay our obligations to our senior secured lenders, they could proceed against any or all of the collateral securing our indebtedness to them. The collateral under our senior credit facilities consists of substantially all of our existing assets. In addition, a breach of certain of these restrictions or covenants, or acceleration by our senior lenders of our obligations to them, would cause a default under the subordinated notes. We may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make accelerated payments, including payments on the subordinated notes, or to repay the subordinated notes in full after we pay our senior lenders.
Changes in the funded status of our consolidated pension plans could affect our liquidity or financial position.
      As of December 31, 2004, we have recorded $56.2 million of additional minimum pension liability due to a consolidated accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets. The uncertainty of financial markets could cause historical trends to not be indicative of future pension contributions and net periodic pension costs.
Reductions in advertising could adversely affect our results of operations.
      A large majority of our revenue from newspaper publishing and substantially all of our revenue from television broadcasting are derived from many different classifications of advertisers. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2000, we faced a general slowdown in advertising. Although we enjoyed a slight improvement in 2004, our advertising revenue levels remain substantially below prior years. If this situation continues, our results of operations will continue to be adversely affected.
      A recession or downturn in the United States economy or the economy of an individual geographic market in which we operate would likely adversely affect our advertising revenues and, therefore, our results of operations. If, apart from economic conditions, our advertisers were for any reason to decide to reduce advertising expenditures, our results would be adversely affected.
      If a significant amount of newspaper or television advertising were to shift to other communications media as a result of changes in technology, changes in consumer preferences, cost differentials or for other reasons, our businesses could be adversely affected.
Our newspaper and television content may attract fewer readers and viewers, limiting our ability to generate advertising and circulation revenues.
      The success of each of our newspapers and television stations is primarily dependent upon its share of the overall advertising revenues within its market. The ability of newspapers and television stations to generate advertising revenues depends to a significant degree upon audience acceptance. Audience acceptance is influenced by many factors, including the content offered, shifts in population, demographics, general economic conditions, public tastes generally, reviews by critics, promotions, the quality and acceptance of other competing content in the marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and other intangible factors. All of these factors could change rapidly, and many are beyond our control.
      In our television broadcasting business, technological innovations have fragmented television viewing audiences and subjected television broadcasting stations to new types of competition. During the past decade, cable television and independent stations have captured an increasing market share and overall viewership of broadcast network television has declined.
      Our advertising revenues will suffer if any of our newspapers or stations cannot maintain its audience ratings or market share or cannot continue to command the advertising rates that we anticipate.

66


Table of Contents

Our businesses operate in highly competitive industries.
      Our businesses operate in a very competitive environment and are subject to actual and potential competition from various sources.
Cable
      Our cable systems face competition from:
  •  alternative methods of receiving and distributing video programming, including:
  •  over-the-air television broadcast stations;
 
  •  direct broadcast satellite (DBS);
 
  •  satellite master antenna television systems, which use one central antenna to receive and deliver television programming to a concentrated group of viewers, such as in apartments, hotels or hospitals;
 
  •  technology which delivers cable channels through the digital frequencies of local television broadcast station partners;
  •  data transmission and Internet service providers; and
 
  •  other sources of news, information and entertainment such as newspapers, movie theaters, live sporting events, other entertainment events and home video products, including VCRs, DVRs, and DVDs.
      In addition, our cable systems face or may face additional competition from new sources, including regional Bell operating companies, other much larger cable television companies, other multichannel video providers, other telephone companies, public utility companies and other entities that are in the process of entering the cable businesses in other parts of the country; and broadcast digital television, which can deliver high definition television pictures, digital-quality programs and CD-quality audio programming. Specifically, SBC and Verizon, which both operate in the Toledo metropolitan area, have announced their intention nationally to enter the multichannel video business with new advanced delivery systems.
      We will also face competition from providers of alternatives to our high-speed Internet services. Competitors, including telephone companies, have introduced digital subscriber line technology (also known as DSL), which allows Internet access over traditional phone lines at data transmission speeds greater than those available by a standard telephone modem. We also face competition from wireless broadband Internet services. We cannot predict the impact these competing broadband technologies will have on our Internet access services or on our operations. Our high-speed Internet services will also continue to face competition from traditional lower speed dial-up Internet service providers, which have the advantage of lower price and in some cases proprietary content and nationwide marketing. Power utilities have developed technology that permits them to provide high-speed Internet services over existing power lines.
Newspaper Publishing
      The newspaper publishing industry depends primarily upon the sale of advertising and paid subscriptions to generate revenues. Competition for advertising, subscribers, readers and distribution is intense and comes from local, regional and national newspapers; television broadcasting stations and networks and cable channels; radio; the Internet; direct mail; and other information and advertising media that operate in our newspaper publishing markets.

67


Table of Contents

Television Broadcasting
      Our television stations face competition for audience and advertising revenues from other television broadcasters. Our competitors also include cable television operators, wireless cable systems, direct broadcast satellite systems, telephone company video systems, radio broadcasters and other media, including newspapers, magazines, computer on-line services, movies, direct mail, compact discs, VCRs, DVDs, music videos, the Internet, outdoor advertising and other forms of entertainment and advertising.
We may not remain competitive if we do not respond to the rapid changes in technology, standards and services that characterize the media industry and which may require us to invest a significant amount of capital to address continued technological development.
Our need to comply with comprehensive, complex and sometimes unpredictable federal, state and/or local regulations could have an adverse effect on our businesses.
      The cable and television broadcasting industries are subject to extensive legislation and regulation at the federal, state and local levels. The rules and regulations governing our businesses have at times had a material adverse effect on our businesses. Federal, state and local regulations have increased the administrative and operational expenses of our businesses. In addition, Congress and the FCC may in the future adopt new laws or modify existing laws and regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters. Compliance with these regulations and policies could increase costs. As we continue to introduce additional communications services, we may be required to obtain federal, state and local licenses or other authorizations to offer such services. We may not be able to obtain and retain all necessary governmental authorizations and permits in a timely manner, or at all, or conditions could be imposed upon such authorizations and permits that may not be favorable to us or with which we may not be able to comply. Failure to do so could negatively affect our existing operations and could delay or prevent our proposed operations. We may be required to modify our business plans or operations as new regulations arise. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so in a cost-effective manner, or at all. The adoption of various measures or the elimination of various existing restrictions could accelerate the existing trend toward vertical integration in the media and home entertainment industries and could cause us to face more formidable competition in the future.
We are obligated to redeem stock from the estates of our principal shareholders to the extent required to pay death taxes. In certain circumstances, these obligations could have significant adverse effects on our liquidity and financial position.
      The Company and all shareholders are parties to an agreement which requires the Company to redeem shares of our non-voting common stock from the estate of a deceased shareholder to the extent such redemption qualifies for sale treatment, rather than dividend treatment, under Section 303 of the Internal Revenue Code. See “Stock Redemption Agreement” in Item 13.
      Although we are unable to determine with any certainty the amounts we may be required to pay under the agreement, we believe that based on the amount of life insurance in force for our major shareholders, combined with our ability to defer redemptions over a 15-year period, the amounts the Company will be required to pay under the agreement likely will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity or financial position.
A terrorist attack or war could have a severe adverse effect on our financial position.
An accident at one of the nuclear power plants near our largest operating facilities could adversely affect our business operations.
      Our newspaper and cable facilities are in the vicinity of several nuclear power plants. The Fermi 2 Nuclear Power Plant, operated by Detroit Edison, is in Newport, Michigan, approximately 30 miles from Toledo. The Davis Besse Nuclear Power Plant, operated by First Energy Corporation, is in Oak Harbor, Ohio, approximately 30 miles from Toledo. The Beaver Falls Nuclear Power Plant, operated by First Energy Corporation, is in Shippingport, Pennsylvania, approximately 35 miles from Pittsburgh.

68


Table of Contents

      A serious accident at one of these plants, involving the leak of radioactive or other toxic materials into the surrounding environs to the extent it endangered life or inhibited transportation or commerce, could adversely affect our operations.
Risks Relating to Our Cable Television Business
If our programming costs continue to increase and we cannot pass them along to our customers, our cash flow will decrease.
      In recent years, the cable industry has experienced a rapid escalation in the cost of programming, particularly sports programming. This escalation may continue. Because of our size, we are unable to negotiate the more favorable rates that are granted to large national multiple system operators. For competitive reasons, we may not be able to pass programming cost increases on to our subscribers. Exclusive arrangements negotiated by other larger programming outlets may prevent us from offering certain desirable programming.
      We purchase the majority of our cable programming through the National Cable Television Cooperative. We achieve significant savings through participation in this cooperative, as compared to programming rates we could negotiate on our own, thereby lowering our costs of program acquisition. If for any reason we were unable to continue to obtain programming through such buying cooperatives, and we were unable to pass the increase in programming costs on to our subscribers, our results of operations and cash flow would be adversely affected.
We may be adversely affected by federal judicial or regulatory decisions regarding our cable companies’ obligations to carry the signals, including digital signals, of over-the-air television stations.
      Cable systems have long been obligated, under federal retransmission-consent and must-carry rules, at the election of local broadcasters either to carry local over-the-air broadcast signals or to negotiate with local broadcasters for carriage of those signals. This process has been greatly complicated by the advent of digital broadcast signals. While the FCC has ruled that broadcasters do not currently have must-carry rights for their digital signals, broadcasters remain interested in maximizing carriage for those signals. As a result, negotiations with broadcasters over the terms and conditions of retransmission consent for their analog signals have become considerably more complex. We cannot predict how these matters will be resolved, either by governmental action or in the private marketplace. If as a result of these changes we have more difficulty reaching agreements with local broadcasters, thereby impairing our carriage of their signals, or we are obligated to devote substantial portions of our capacity to carriage of the digital signals of broadcasters, our ability to compete in the market for multichannel video customers may be adversely affected.
We may be adversely affected by regulatory measures that do not treat all multi-channel video providers equally, placing our cable system at a competitive disadvantage.
      Our cable systems are subject to numerous federal, state, and local regulatory schemes. These schemes are designed and intended to apply to traditional cable companies and they have the effect of increasing the costs of our cable operations, both indirectly, through measures that require the time and attention of our personnel, and directly, through franchise fees that we collect from our customers and pass on to the local governments. Not all of these measures apply to our competitors; for example, at present direct-broadcast satellite services do not pay franchise fees. If the regulatory schemes, and accompanying costs, applicable to cable do not apply equally to our competitors, that inequality could have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations.
Copyright law changes could increase the costs of the licenses we need to operate our cable systems.
      Cable systems must obtain copyright licenses for the programming they carry. For over-the-air broadcast channels we carry on our systems, we obtain copyrights under a system established by the Copyright Act of 1976, which provides a blanket license for copyrighted material on television stations whose signals a cable system retransmits. From time to time, Congress considers proposals to alter the blanket copyright license system, some of which could make the license more costly.

69


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by federal judicial and regulatory decisions regarding the operation of, and competitor’s access to, our high-speed networks.
      In 2002, the FCC decided that cable operators offering integrated high-speed Internet services are not subject to common-carrier requirements to offer the transport functions underlying their Internet services on a stand-alone basis to unaffiliated Internet service providers. In October 2003, a three-judge panel vacated that decision, and directed the FCC to reconsider it. The U.S. Supreme Court has agreed to review the Ninth Circuit’s decision. We cannot predict what the Supreme Court will do, or how it will resolve the questions of whether, to what extent, and on what terms the cable operators are required to open their networks to Internet-service competitors.
      The FCC has a separate rulemaking pending to assess issues concerning the regulation of broadband Internet services provided over cable systems, including whether the FCC can and should exercise authority to develop a new regulatory framework for Internet service provided over cable systems as a facilities-based interstate information service and the role, if any, of state and local governmental authorities in regulating such services. Similarly, in a rulemaking proceeding involving regulation of incumbent local exchange carriers’ broadband services, the FCC has proposed to classify broadband Internet services provided by local telephone companies over their own wireline facilities as “informational services.”
      Adverse decisions by the Supreme Court or the FCC may affect significantly cable operators’ regulatory obligations, including whether operators will be required to (i) obtain additional local authority to use the local rights-of-way for the delivery of high-speed Internet services; (ii) pay local governmental franchise fees and/or federal and state universal service fees on high-speed Internet service revenues; or (iii) open their systems up for use by third party ISPs or others who may want to use a system’s transmission capacity to deliver services to subscribers.
If we are unable to procure the necessary software and equipment, our ability to offer our services could be impaired.
      We depend on vendors to supply our cable electronic equipment, such as the set-top converter boxes, fiber and other equipment, as well as the enabling software for analog and digital cable services. This equipment is available from a limited number of suppliers. We typically purchase equipment under purchase orders placed from time to time and do not carry significant inventories of equipment. If there are delays in obtaining software or if demand for equipment exceeds our inventories and we are unable to obtain required software and equipment on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to recognize additional revenues and to add additional subscribers from these services could be delayed or impaired. In addition, if there are no suppliers who are able to provide converter devices that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that are compatible with other products or components we use, our business may be materially impaired.
As we introduce new cable services, including residential telephony, a failure to predict and react to consumer demand or to successfully integrate new technology could adversely affect our business.
We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labor protests.
      The employees of our Toledo cable system include three collective bargaining units represented by the Brotherhood of Teamsters. One of these includes technicians responsible for repair and ongoing maintenance of our cable plant; another comprises the employees who program our cable converter boxes, and the third includes employees responsible for construction and installation. The current collective bargaining agreements for these employees expire in 2008, 2009, and 2007, respectively.
      Certain technical employees of Buckeye TeleSystem, Inc., our telecom operation, are represented by the Brotherhood of Teamsters. The current collective bargaining agreement for these employees expires in 2007.

70


Table of Contents

      If we were to experience a strike or work stoppage, it might be difficult for us to find a sufficient number of willing employees with the necessary skills to replace these employees in handling outages and service calls. Any resulting disruptions in service could cause us to lose revenues and customers and might have permanent adverse effects on our business.
We may be adversely affected by changes in the law or economics relating to our physical plant.
      Our cable systems depend on physical facilities, including transmission equipment and miles of fiber and coaxial cable. Significant portions of those physical facilities occupy public rights-of-way according to terms of local ordinances. Other portions occupy private property under the terms of express or implied easements. And many miles of the cable are attached to utility poles according to terms of pole-attachment agreements we have with the utilities that own the poles. All of this is subject to governmental regulation, as well as the common law of real property. No assurances can be given that we will be able to maintain and use our facilities in their current locations at the current costs. Changes in governmental regulation of these matters, or changes in the economics of the relationships, could have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations.
Our cable systems may experience disruptions as a result of technical failures, storms or natural disasters.
      The transmission of programming signals to our headends, our receipt of these signals at our headends and our distribution of the signals to our customers via our cable networks are each exposed to potential disruptions due to technical failures, storms, particularly ice storms, fires or other natural disasters. Any disruption in our receipt or distribution of programming can cause loss of revenues and increases in operating expenses and have an adverse effect on customer satisfaction. A significant and extended disruption could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Newspaper Publishing Business
The role of newspapers is threatened by competing communications and entertainment technologies, by changes in the news preferences of consumers, and by structural changes in the industry and the market.
      For the past several decades, the introduction of new communications and entertainment technologies has eroded the once-dominant position of newspapers as a source of news and information. Americans are reading newspapers less than in the past, and this trend is even more pronounced in younger age groups. The American culture appears to be undergoing a significant, even dramatic shift and blurring of the concepts of news, journalism, information, and entertainment. Indeed, there is some indication that Americans, particularly those in younger demographic groups, are less interested in news generally, at least as that term has been traditionally understood.
      At the same time, changing technologies have markedly altered the economies of the news business in a way that threatens the traditional and historical model of the print newspaper. The production of printed newspaper is an expensive endeavor, involving significant labor, machine, and paper costs in the collection, preparation and presentation of news and the production, collation, and delivery of newspapers. These costs increase over time because of secular inflation. To some degree, they are controllable by staffing reductions, but these measures can be sharply constrained in a unionized environment.
      In the traditional newspaper business model, these costs are covered by revenues from circulation and advertising. But those revenue sources are threatened by the changes in the industry and the market. Circulation revenues erode as the number of persons willing to spend money to buy the newspaper declines; newspaper readers have numerous options for obtaining the news and information they want, which often is available for free over the Internet. Likewise, newspaper advertisers are increasingly evaluating the cost-effectiveness of traditional print advertising, considering instead more targeted advertising, whether it be in zoned print publications or more innovative forms of advertising, such as Internet advertising.

71


Table of Contents

      While we are making use of the Internet and exploring other strategies to adapt to these changes and challenges, we are unable to predict the extent to which these technologies may adversely, even fundamentally affect our newspaper publishing business.
We may be adversely affected by variations in the cost of newsprint.
      Newsprint and ink expense represents our largest raw material expense and, after labor costs, is the most significant operating cost of our newspaper publishing operations. Although we have a contract to supply newsprint for our publishing operations, the contract expires at the end of 2006, and pricing under the contract varies with market conditions. Newsprint costs vary widely from time to time, and price changes in newsprint can significantly affect the overall earnings of our newspaper publishing operations. We cannot assure you that our publishing operations will not be exposed in the future to volatile or increased newsprint costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labor protests.
      Substantially all non-management employees of our newspaper publishing operations are represented by various unions. The labor agreements with the 10 unions representing our Pittsburgh newspaper employees currently run through December 31, 2006. The labor agreements with the eight unions representing the employees of The Blade expire on March 21, 2006.
      If we were to experience a strike or work stoppage at one or both of our papers, any resulting disruptions in operations could cause us to lose subscribers and advertisers and might have permanent adverse effects on our business.
Reporting or taking editorial positions on controversial issues could adversely affect our business.
      Our newspapers report and take editorial positions on issues that are sometimes controversial and that may arouse passions in affected individuals or segments of our communities. This can involve risks of offending advertisers or subscribers, which can result in loss of advertising and subscription revenues, or can on occasion lead to demonstrations and protests, adverse community reaction, boycotts or lawsuits.
We may be adversely affected by our inability under collective-bargaining agreements to implement sound economic and operational measures at our newspapers that allow the newspapers to operate competitively in the changing marketplace.
      Our collective-bargaining agreements with our newspaper employees impose stringent limitations on our ability to manage the costs and operations of our papers. Many of these limitations were developed decades ago, under markedly different market conditions. As the nature of the newspaper business has changed, as newspapers face wider and deeper competition from other media and from other forms of advertising, and as the general demand for print news has declined, these limitations have become increasingly troublesome. They present real barriers to our ability to meet the challenges we face with aggressive and proven strategies for sales, customer retention, and the development of new businesses. If we are unable to work with the unions that represent our employees to overcome these limitations, our ability to succeed in the newspaper business will be negatively affected, to the point that our continued ownership of the newspapers would be illogical.

72


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Television Broadcasting Business
We may be adversely affected if the federal regulatory structure that controls ownership and operation of television stations does not change to account for changes in the structure and economics of the television broadcasting business.
      The FCC with the input of the federal courts in implementing congressional legislation has established a very extensive set of regulations that control the ownership and operation of television stations. Among other things, these rules limit the number of television stations that a company can own or operate in a single market. The financial viability of our television operations is affected by these regulations. As the economic structure of the television business changes, through consolidation of ownership and related alterations, the continuing financial viability of our television stations may be adversely affected if the regulatory structure that limits combined ownership and operation of television stations does not change.
Our television broadcasting operations could be adversely affected if we fail to renew or continue on favorable terms, if at all, our network affiliations.
      We have one affiliation agreement with NBC, one with ABC and one with UPN. Currently, our affiliation agreement with ABC expires in September 2005. This agreement will not be renewed. The affiliation agreements governing the relationship between Fox and our two Fox-affiliated stations are unsigned. Our network affiliation agreements are subject to termination by the networks under certain circumstances. We cannot assure you that our affiliation agreements will be renewed, that Fox will continue its relationship with us, or that each network will continue to provide programming to affiliates on the same basis as it currently provides programming. The non-renewal or termination of a network affiliation could adversely affect our business.
The success of our television stations depends on the success of the network each station carries.
      The ratings of each of the television networks, which are based in large part on their programming, vary from year to year, and this variation can significantly impact a station’s revenues. There can be no assurance as to the future success of any network or its programming.
Emerging technologies may threaten our broadcast revenues.
      Emerging technologies that allow viewers to digitally record, store and play back television programming may decrease viewership of commercials and, as a result, lower our advertising revenues.
The planned industry conversion to digital television could adversely affect our broadcast business.
      Under current FCC guidelines, all commercial television stations in the United States must be broadcasting in digital format unless there are extenuating circumstances. The government plans to abandon the present analog format by December 31, 2006, provided that 85% of households within the relevant DMA have the capability to receive a digital signal.
      All of our television broadcasting stations are meeting the FCC requirement to be broadcasting in digital. Three of the five stations broadcasting in the digital format are operating at reduced power and antenna heights under an FCC temporary station authorization. The FCC will require these stations to increase power and antenna height to the presently licensed maximum values in order to maintain full-power licensure. This future build-out and conversion of these stations will result in capital expenditures estimated at $4.4 million. Failure to complete the build-out, when required by the FCC, could result in fines, penalties, and loss of the FCC license.

73


Table of Contents

      The implementation of these regulations will expose our business to the following additional risks:
  •  The digital technology may allow us and our competitors to broadcast multiple channels, compared to only one today. We do not know what impact this will have on the competitive landscape or on our results of operations. We cannot predict whether or at what cost we will be able to obtain programming for the additional channels. Increased revenues from the additional channels may not make up for the conversion cost and additional programming expenses. Also, multiple channels programmed by other stations could increase competition in our markets.
 
  •  The geographic coverage and power disparities related to digital signals could put us at a disadvantage to at least some of our competitors in certain markets. Furthermore, the higher power required to operate our analog VHF channel that was assigned a UHF digital channel with comparable geographic signal coverage may translate into higher electricity costs for this station.
 
  •  In some cases, when we convert a station to digital television, the signal may not be received in as large a coverage area, or it may suffer from additional interference.
 
  •  In February 2005, the FCC reaffirmed its January 2001 decision that its must-carry rules do not apply to digital signals while analog signals that are subject to must-carry are still being broadcast, and broadcasters do not have mandatory must-carry rights for their digital signals. Thus, cable customers in our broadcast markets may not receive our digital signal, which could negatively impact our stations.
We may be adversely affected by disruptions in our ability to receive or transmit programming.
      Our stations receive network broadcast feeds by satellite. Satellites are subject to significant risks that may prevent or impair proper commercial operations, including satellite defects, launch failure, destruction and damage and incorrect orbital placement. There can be no assurance that disruptions of transmissions will not occur in the future or that other comparable satellites will be available, or if available, whether a lease agreement with respect to such other satellites could be obtained on favorable terms. The operation of the satellite is outside our control and a disruption of the transmissions could prevent us from receiving our programming content. The transmission of programming is also subject to other risks of equipment failure, including natural disasters, power losses, software errors or telecommunications errors.
      Any natural disaster or extreme climatic event, such as an ice storm, could result in the loss of our ability to broadcast. Further, we own or lease antenna and transmitter space for each of our stations. If we were to lose any of our antenna tower leases, we cannot assure you that we would be able to secure replacement leases on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could also prevent us from transmitting our programs. Disruptions in our ability to receive or transmit our programming broadcasts could have a material adverse effect on our audience levels, advertising revenues and future results of operations.
Programming costs may negatively impact our operating results.
      One of the most significant operating cost components of our television broadcasting operations is programming. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain programming in the future, and that we will not be exposed in the future to increased programming costs which may adversely affect our operating results.
Our Louisville television operations may be adversely affected if we are not able to reach a suitable agreement with a television-rating service.
      Our agreement with the Nielsen rating service expired at the end of January 2005 and we have been thus far unable to reach agreement on terms for a new contract. While we are intent on maintaining our relationships with our advertisers, and on demonstrating the viewership of our programs and the value of our product, we cannot predict the effect on our ability to sell advertising of not subscribing to the Nielsen service.

74


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
      Our revolving credit and term loan agreements bear interest at floating rates. Accordingly, we are exposed to potential losses related to changes in interest rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes; however, in order to manage our interest rate risk, we have entered into interest rate swaps. As of December 31, 2004, our interest rate swap agreements expire in varying amounts through April 2009.
      The fair value of $85.0 million of our long-term debt approximates its carrying value as it bears interest at floating rates. As of December 31, 2004, the estimated fair value of our interest rate swap agreements was a liability of $801,000, which represents the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. This is reflected in our financial statements as other long-term obligations. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized either in income or as an adjustment to the carrying value of the underlying debt depending on whether the derivative financial instruments qualify for hedge accounting. The fair market value and carrying value of our 91/4% senior subordinated notes were $189.9 million and $177.9 million, as adjusted for the fair value hedge, as of December 31, 2004, respectively.
      As of December 31, 2004, we had entered into interest rate swaps that approximated $205.0 million, including the effect of any offsetting swaps, or 78.9%, of our borrowings under all of our credit facilities. The interest rate swaps consist of $85.0 million relating to our revolving credit and term loan agreements, and $175.0 million principal amount of the senior subordinated notes. In addition, we had entered into an interest rate swap agreement that has the economic effect of substantially offsetting $55.0 million of the swap agreements totaling $85.0 million. In the event of an increase in market interest rates, the change in interest expense would be dependent upon the weighted average outstanding borrowings and derivative instruments in effect during the reporting period following the increase. Based on our outstanding borrowings and interest rate swap agreements as of December 31, 2004, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates along the entire interest rate yield curve would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $550,000.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
      Reference is made to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
      None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
      The Chairman and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) have concluded, based on their evaluation as December 31, 2004, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
      There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2004 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

75


Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information
      None
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
      The table below sets forth information about our executive officers and Board of Directors:
                     
        Director    
    Age   Since   Positions With the Company
             
Allan J. Block *
    50       1985     Chairman of the Board of Directors
John R. Block *
    50       1985     Vice Chairman; Editorial Director; Director
Diana E. Block *
    32       2002     General Manager, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette; Director
William Block, Jr. *
    60       1985     Director
David G. Huey
    57       2002     President; Director
Gary J. Blair
    59       1999     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Director
Jodi L. Miehls
    33           Treasurer; Principal Accounting Officer
Fritz Byers
    49       1999     Secretary; General Counsel; Director
Karen D. Johnese
    57       1991     Director
Donald G. Block
    51       1985     Director
Mary G. Block
    72       1987     Director
Barbara B. Burney
    55       2003     Director
Cyrus P. Block
    59       1991     Director
Harold O. Davis
    75       2002     Director
 
Denotes members of the Executive Committee
      Allan J. Block was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors effective December 17, 2004 and is member of the Executive Committee. Prior to becoming Chairman, he served as Managing Director from 2002 through 2004, prior to that he directed our cable and broadcast divisions from 1989 through 2001. Mr. Block holds a B.A. degree from the University of Pennsylvania.
      John R. Block is a Director and member of the Executive Committee and was appointed Vice Chairman of the Board and publisher of our two newspapers effective January 1, 2002. Prior to that he directed the news and editorial functions of our two newspapers from 1989 through 2001. Mr. Block holds a B.A. from Yale University.
      Diana E. Block was appointed a Director and member of the Executive Committee in 2002 and in 2004 was appointed General Manager for the Pittsburgh-Post Gazette. Previously she served as the Director of Operations, and Director of Systems and Technology for the Pittsburgh-Post Gazette from January 2002. She attended Carnegie Mellon University from 2000 to 2001, where she received her master’s degree. Previously, she held several positions with the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette beginning in 1998. Ms. Block also holds a B.A. from Yale University and a master’s degree from the University of Virginia.
      William Block, Jr., is a Director and member of the Executive Committee. He served as Chairman of the Board of Directors from 2002 until December 17, 2004. Prior to that, he served as President of the Company from 1987 through 2001. Mr. Block holds a B.A. degree from Trinity College and a J.D. from Washington and Lee University.
      David G. Huey was promoted to President and a Director effective January 1, 2002. Prior to that, he served as President of our cable operations since 1990. Mr. Huey holds a B.S. degree from the University of Toledo.

76


Table of Contents

      Gary J. Blair has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 1990 and is a Director. Prior to that he served as Finance Director. Mr. Blair holds a B.S. degree and an M.B.A. from Bowling Green State University. Mr. Blair is also a Certified Public Accountant.
      Jodi L. Miehls was appointed Treasurer in April 2002. Prior to that she served as Assistant Treasurer and Director of Finance. Ms. Miehls holds a B.S.B.A. degree from The Ohio State University. Ms. Miehls is also a Certified Public Accountant.
      Fritz Byers has served as Secretary since 1990 and is a Director. He has also served as Corporate Counsel since 1990. Mr. Byers holds a B.A. degree from Duke University and a J.D. from Harvard University.
      Karen D. Johnese is a Director. She is the Executive Director of the Pittsburgh Glass Center. Prior to September 2003 she held the position of Director of Corporate Citizenship for Block Communications, Inc. and prior to July 2002 she served as Director of Community Affairs for the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette from 1995. Ms. Johnese holds a B.A. from the University of Rochester, and a M.S.W. and an M.E.D. from the University of Pittsburgh.
      Donald G. Block is a Director. He is the Executive Director of the Greater Pittsburgh Literacy Council. Mr. Block holds a B.A. degree from Yale University and an M.A. from Indiana University.
      Mary G. Block is a Director and is the widow of Paul Block, Jr., who served as Chairman of the Board from 1942-1987.
      Barbara B. Burney was appointed a Director in July 2003. Ms. Burney is a teacher of music and drama and is working on her MFA degree. Ms. Burney holds a B.A. from Point Park University.
      Cyrus P. Block is a Director. He is a cinematographer with a long resume of well-known movies, television programs, and related work. Mr. Block holds a B.A. from Lewis and Clark College.
      Harold O. Davis was appointed a Director in October 2002. Mr. Davis has previously served as a director and served as Chief Financial Officer from 1972 to 1990. Mr. Davis holds a B.S. degree from Bowling Green State University.
Executive Committee
      Under our Close Corporation Operating Agreement, a four-member Executive Committee, comprised of two representatives of the families of each of the two sons of the Company’s founder, functions as chief executive officer and, except for certain powers specifically reserved to the Board of Directors, also exercises the powers normally exercised by a board of directors. Decisions of the Executive Committee are made by majority vote. In the event of a tie, the agreement provides for the deciding vote to be cast by Charles T. Brumback, former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Tribune Corporation, Chicago, Illinois.
Family Relationships
      Allan J. Block and John R. Block are brothers, and Cyrus P. Block is their half-brother. Mary G. Block is the step-mother of Allan J., John R. and Cyrus P. Block.
      William Block, Jr., Karen D. Johnese, Barbara B. Burney, and Donald G. Block are brothers and sisters and are cousins of Allan J. Block, John R. Block and Cyrus P. Block. Diana E. Block is the daughter of William Block, Jr.

77


Table of Contents

Audit Committee
      Our audit committee consists of one member, Harold O. Davis. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Davis is an independent director, as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Exchange. We do not however believe Mr. Davis meets the definition of an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 401(h) of SEC Regulation S-K. The board is satisfied Mr. Davis meets all of the relevant criteria to ensure his independence, competence, integrity, and honesty in the discharge of his functions as the audit committee. Mr. Davis served as Chief Financial Officer of the company (and its predecessor companies) from 1972 until his retirement in 1990; prior to that he was an auditor with Ernst & Ernst. The board of directors believes that Mr. Davis’ background in public accounting as well as his substantial experience with the company significantly qualifies him to understand and oversee our financial reporting. Among other matters, the committee hires and replaces independent auditors as appropriate; evaluates performance of, independence of and pre-approves the non-audit services provided by independent auditors; discusses with management, internal auditors and the external auditors the quality of our accounting policies, procedures, and financial reporting; and finally, oversees the internal auditing functions and controls.
Code of Ethics
      In October 2003, we adopted a Code of Ethics for our Managing Director and Senior Financial Officers. The Code of Ethics was filed as Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. In October 2004, we adopted the same Code of Ethics for all our employees. We also established a hotline for reporting alleged violations of the Code of Ethics and established procedures for processing complaints.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
      The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid for 2004, 2003 and 2002 to our five most highly compensated executive officers (the “named officers”):
                           
    Annual Compensation(1)    
        All Other
Name and Principal Positions Held   Salary   Bonus(2)   Compensation(3)
             
Allan J. Block,
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director(4)
                       
 
2004
  $ 449,446     $ 50,000     $ 16,098  
 
2003
  $ 480,808           $ 15,798  
 
2002
  $ 468,964     $ 467,173     $ 14,798  
William Block, Jr.,
Director(4)
                       
 
2004
  $ 446,850     $ 50,000     $ 84,428  
 
2003
  $ 480,808           $ 84,128  
 
2002
  $ 468,964     $ 467,173     $ 83,128  
John R. Block,
Vice Chairman, Editorial Director and Director
                       
 
2004
  $ 449,446     $ 50,000     $ 76,636  
 
2003
  $ 480,808           $ 35,586  
 
2002
  $ 468,964     $ 467,173     $ 34,586  
Diana E. Block,
General Manager of the Post-Gazette and Director
                       
 
2004
  $ 449,446     $ 50,000     $ 19,120  
 
2003
  $ 439,616           $ 18,820  
 
2002
  $ 287,196     $ 467,173     $ 14,195  
David G. Huey,
President and Director
                       
 
2004
  $ 373,380     $ 40,745     $ 41,049  
 
2003
  $ 356,313     $ 99,000     $ 47,041  
 
2002
  $ 325,000     $ 128,700     $ 40,468  

78


Table of Contents

 
(1)  The incremental cost of personal benefits provided to any named officer did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of aggregate salary and bonus.
 
(2)  The amounts reported in this column for 2004 represent cash bonuses based on 2004 EBITDA performance that were paid in 2005. The amounts reported in this column for 2002 represent the value of non-voting common stock of the company that was issued as part of the Executive Committee’s compensation package for 2002. Each member of the Executive Committee was awarded 900 shares of non-voting common stock. The assigned per share value of theses shares was $407.97. Of the 900 shares, 448 shares were retained by the company to cover the individual’s withholding taxes on the total shares awarded. The remaining 452 shares each were issued to the individuals. These shares vested immediately. We do not have any incentive plans in existence under which the company grants stock options.
 
(3)  The 2004 amounts reported in this column consist of (1) life insurance premiums of $3,798 for Allan J. Block, $72,128 for William Block, Jr., $64,336 for John R. Block, $6,820 for Diana E. Block and $18,646 for Mr. Huey and (2) employer contributions to a 401(k) plan and a supplemental deferred compensation plan of $12,300 for Allan J. Block, $12,300 for William Block, Jr., $12,300 for John R. Block, $12,300 for Diana E. Block and $22,403 for Mr. Huey.
 
(4)  William Block, Jr. resigned as Chairman of the Board of Directors effective December 17, 2004. Mr. Block remains a Director and a member of the Executive Committee. Effective the same date, Allan J. Block was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors.
      Mr. Huey participates in a Phantom Stock Plan under which the Executive Committee may award to key employees phantom stock units representing values determined by the Company of a hypothetical percentage interest in one of our subsidiaries. Phantom stock unit awards vest in increments of 25% for each year of employment after the date of the award and are payable in cash after eight years from the date of the award based on the value of the units at that time. No dividends or dividend equivalents are paid on phantom stock awards. No phantom stock awards were made to Mr. Huey in 2004, 2003 or 2002. As of December 31, 2004, the most recent valuation date, the book value of the phantom stock units held by Mr. Huey was $354,000.
Retirement Plans
      Effective December 17, 2004, William Block Jr. resigned as Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Executive Committee. However, he will remain an active member of the Executive Committee and of the Board. Upon his resignation, we entered into a compensation agreement which provides that so long as Mr. Block is a member of the Executive Committee or the Board, he will be paid annual compensation equal to the greater of (1) 70% of the then-current base salary of Allan J. Block, or if he is no longer employed by the Company, of John R. Block or (2) 70% of the average of Mr. Block’s annual base salaries for the period January 1, 2000 to December 17, 2004. If Mr. Block is no longer a member of the Executive Committee or the Board, he will receive until his death the annual compensation in clause (2) of the preceding sentence. Mr. Block will not be eligible to participate in the Executive Committee’s bonus plan. The Company will continue for the duration of their lives to provide Mr. Block and his wife the same life insurance, 401 (k), hospitalization, major medical and other benefit plans as in effect from time to time for members of the Executive Committee, as well as tax preparation assistance. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Block will be entitled to a lump sum payment of the present value of the compensation and benefits described above, plus any excise taxes resulting from such payment.
      A member of the Executive Committee who is a full-time employee of the Company and who retires at age 60 or later after at least ten years of service, or at an earlier age after at least thirty years of service, will receive an annual pension benefit equal to 70% of the average of his or her total annual compensation for the last five years of employment.

79


Table of Contents

      We have a defined benefit pension plan and supplemental retirement plan in which our other executive officers participate. The following table shows the estimated annual benefits payable under these plans upon normal retirement at age 65 to participating employees, including certain executive officers, in selected compensation and years-of-service categories:
                                             
    5-Year Average Compensation
Years of    
Service   $200,000   $300,000   $400,000   $500,000   $600,000
                     
  5     $ 21,250     $ 31,875     $ 42,500     $ 53,125     $ 63,750  
  10       46,250       69,375       92,500       115,625       138,750  
  15       71,250       106,875       142,500       178,125       213,750  
  20       96,250       144,375       192,500       240,625       288,750  
  25       121,250       181,875       242,500       303,125       363,750  
  30       146,250       219,375       292,500       365,625       438,750  
      The amounts shown in the table are straight-life annuity amounts, assuming no election of any available survivorship option, and are subject to offset for social security benefits. Benefits under the plans are based on the average of the participant’s covered compensation for the five years preceding retirement, with covered compensation consisting of salary and bonus. As of December 31, 2004, Mr. Huey had 19.8 years of credited service under these plans.
Compensation of Directors
      Except for the General Counsel, Directors who are not employees receive a payment of $2,000 for each Board of Directors meeting attended and an annual Directors Service Fee of $5,000.
      Cyrus P. Block and Karen D. Johnese, both directors, are each paid a fee of $50,000 per year for certain consulting services.

80


Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
      The following table shows as of March 23, 2005 the amount and nature of beneficial ownership of each class of our outstanding capital stock by (1) each director (2) each executive officer named in the above Summary Compensation Table, (3) each beneficial owner of 5% or more of our Voting Common Stock and (4) all directors and executive officers as a group:
                                                 
    Voting Common Stock   Non-Voting Common Stock   Class A Stock
             
    Amount and       Amount and       Amount and    
    Nature of   Percent   Nature of   Percent   Nature of   Percent
    Beneficial   of   Beneficial   of   Beneficial   of
Name   Ownership(1)   Class   Ownership(1)   Class   Ownership(1)   Class
                         
Allan J. Block(3)
    7,350       25.0%       101,731 (2)     23.7%       1,537       12.2%  
William Block, Jr(3)
    7,350       25.0%       36,112       8.4%       1,300       10.3%  
John R. Block(3)
    7,350       25.0%       101,731 (2)     23.7%       1,537       12.2%  
Diana E. Block
                1,975       0.5%       320       2.5%  
David G. Huey
                                   
Gary J. Blair
                                   
Fritz Byers
                                   
Karen D. Johnese
                542       0.1%              
Donald G. Block
                6,884       1.6%       1,660       13.2%  
Mary G. Block
                8,221       1.9%       1,297       10.3%  
Cyrus P. Block
                71,067 (2)     16.6%       2,970       23.5%  
Harold O. Davis
                                   
Barbara B. Burney
                4,038       0.9%       800       6.3%  
William Block(3)
    7,350       25.0%       224,354       52.3%              
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)
    22,050       75.0%       190,687       44.5%       11,421       90.5%  
 
(1)  Under regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a person is considered the “beneficial owner” of a security if the person has or shares with others the power to vote the security (voting power) or the power to dispose of the security (investment power). In the table, beneficial ownership of our stock is determined in accordance with these regulations and does not necessarily indicate that the person listed as a beneficial owner has an economic interest in the shares listed as beneficially owned.
 
(2)  Includes 70,807 shares as to which Allan J. Block, John R. Block and Cyrus P. Block share voting and investment power.
 
(3)  The business address of each 5% beneficial owner of the Company’s Voting Common Stock is 541 N. Superior Street, Toledo, OH 43660.

81


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information
                             
    Number of       Number of securities
    securities to be       remaining available for
    issued upon   Weighted average   future issuance under
    exercise of   exercise price of   equity compensation
    outstanding   outstanding   plans (excluding
    options, warrants   options, warrants   securities reflected in
    and rights   and rights   column (a))
             
    (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity Compensation Plans:
                       
 
Approved by shareholders
    None             1,500 (1)
 
Not approved by shareholders
    None             None  
   
Total
    None             1,500 (1)
 
(1)  The holders of the Company’s voting common stock have approved a resolution under which three members of the Executive Committee may receive bonuses payable in shares of the Company’s non-voting common stock if the Company exceeds its 2005 adjusted EBITDA budget by specified amounts. The number of shares which can be earned is determined by a formula based on the amount by which the Company exceeds the adjusted EBITDA budget and is limited to a maximum of 500 shares per Executive Committee member. Any shares issued under this resolution are immediately vested.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Stock Redemption Agreement
      The Company and the members of the Block family are parties to an agreement which requires the Company to redeem shares of our Non-Voting Common Stock from the estate of a deceased shareholder to the extent such redemption qualifies for sale treatment, rather than dividend treatment, under Section 303 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In general, Section 303 allows sale treatment where (1) the value for Federal estate tax purposes of all stock of the Company included in determining the value of the decedent’s gross estate exceeds 35% of the excess of the value of the gross estate over certain allowable deductions and (2) the amount paid to redeem the stock does not exceed the sum of all federal and state death taxes (including generation-skipping taxes), plus funeral and administration expenses allowable as deductions for federal estate tax purposes. The initial redemption price under the agreement is the value of the shares for federal estate tax purposes in the deceased shareholder’s estate. In order to qualify for redemption of stock under the agreement, the estate of the deceased shareholder must elect under Section 6166 of the Code to pay the federal estate tax in deferred installments over a period of up to 15 years. In return, the estate is given an option to purchase for $1 per share a number of shares equal to any additional shares required to be redeemed as a result of the deferral election. The Company is also required to pay cash to cover the income tax consequences resulting from the redemption and the option.
      The amounts the Company might be required to pay under the agreement and the timing of such payments will depend upon the year of death of the shareholders and the value of the stock and the estate tax laws in effect at that time. To satisfy part of its obligation under the agreement, the Company has purchased life insurance on lives of certain shareholders who own significant amounts of our non-voting common stock. The vast majority of the life insurance in force is on the lives of William Block (our major shareholder) and his wife. The amount of the death benefit for Mr. and Mrs. Block is $48.9 million, of which $19.9 million is on the life of William Block, $13.0 million on the life of Mrs. Block and $16.0 million on their joint lives.
      Although we are unable to determine with any certainty the amounts we may be required to pay under the agreement, we believe that, based on the amount of life insurance in force for our major shareholders, combined with our ability to defer redemptions over a 15-year period, the amounts the Company will be required to pay under the agreement will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity or financial position.

82


Table of Contents

Related Party Transaction
      In 1996, Karen D. Johnese, a director of the Company, borrowed $100,000 from the Company under a promissory note bearing interest at the rate of 8% per annum. Ms. Johnese has repaid $51,200 of the principal amount. Principal in the amount of $48,800, together with accrued interest in the current amount of approximately $72,000 remain outstanding and are overdue. The largest outstanding principal balance during 2004 was $53,600.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
      The following table sets forth the fees billed to the Company by Ernst & Young LLP for professional services rendered for 2004 and 2003:
                 
    2004   2003
         
Audit Fees
  $ 410,000     $ 338,650  
Audit-Related Fees(1)
  $ 22,691     $ 8,111  
Tax Fees(2)
  $ 118,809     $ 107,618  
All Other Fees(3)
  $ 1,500     $ 1,500  
 
(1)  Audit-related services during 2004 related to review of the Company’s response to an SEC Comment Letter dated October 8, 2004 and assistance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act section 404, and the audit-related services during 2003 consisted of assistance regarding compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act section 404.
 
(2)  Tax services consisted of preparation of various federal, state and local tax returns, and assistance with various state and local tax issues.
 
(3)  The services in this category consisted of an annual fee paid for an audit, tax and accounting research tool sponsored by Ernst & Young, LLP.
      For 2004, all non-audit services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee. The charter of the Audit Committee requires that the Audit Committee approve in advance all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the Company’s independent auditors, subject to the statutory exception for de minimus non-audit services.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements and Reports on 8-K
      (a) 1. Financial Statements:
      Our financial statements, as indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below, begin on page F-1 of this Form 10-K, and are hereby incorporated by reference.
         
    Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-1  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003
    F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

83


Table of Contents

      2. The following financial statement schedule is included in item 15(d):
  Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 2004, 2003 and 2002. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
      3. Exhibit Index:
      An Exhibit Index listing the exhibits filed or incorporated by reference with this report appears immediately following signature page to this report.
      (b) Exhibits
      The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index referred to in item 15(a)(3) above are either filed with this Form 10-K or incorporated by reference in accordance with rule 12b-32 of the Exchange Act.
      (c) Financial Statement Schedule
      The financial statement schedule listed in item 15(a)(2) above is filed at page S-1 and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements included elsewhere herein.

84


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Block Communications, Inc.
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Block Communications, Inc. (the Company) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstance but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Block Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
      As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets.
  Ernst & Young LLP
March 18, 2005
Toledo, Ohio

F-1


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,548,624     $ 11,461,283  
 
Receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts and discounts of $3,840,000 and $3,548,000, respectively
    49,100,824       43,956,593  
 
Recoverable income taxes
    7,331,215       11,115,152  
 
Inventories
    4,331,026       6,642,095  
 
Prepaid expenses
    5,867,479       5,884,309  
 
Broadcast rights
    7,203,065       6,870,822  
             
Total current assets
    77,382,233       85,930,254  
Property, plant and equipment:
               
 
Land and land improvements
    12,792,916       12,561,091  
 
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    46,668,444       43,109,468  
 
Machinery and equipment
    227,764,973       226,659,605  
 
Cable television distribution systems and equipment
    245,009,957       224,958,491  
 
Security alarm and video systems installation costs
    7,529,792       7,123,115  
 
Construction in progress
    1,730,462       16,646,671  
             
      541,496,544       531,058,441  
 
Less allowances for depreciation and amortization
    289,719,855       277,333,636  
             
      251,776,689       253,724,805  
Other assets:
               
 
Goodwill
    52,034,273       51,987,021  
 
Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization
    28,270,099       29,559,724  
 
Cash value of life insurance
    29,955,235       27,703,741  
 
Pension intangibles
    9,472,626       11,812,858  
 
Prepaid pension costs
    2,902,022       2,778,300  
 
Deferred financing costs
    8,167,411       10,133,255  
 
Broadcast rights, less current portion
    2,058,756       4,292,528  
 
Other
    735,771       758,144  
             
      133,596,193       139,025,571  
             
    $ 462,755,115     $ 478,680,630  
             
See accompanying notes.

F-2


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
                   
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
               
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 12,844,567     $ 15,076,769  
 
Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
    13,670,056       15,181,990  
 
Workers’ compensation and medical reserves
    9,622,884       9,381,579  
 
Other accrued liabilities
    35,738,157       31,150,605  
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
    1,259,043       1,481,143  
             
Total current liabilities
    73,134,707       72,272,086  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    264,084,074       270,779,168  
Other long-term obligations
    152,912,139       153,862,651  
Minority interest
    9,039,713       9,080,434  
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
               
 
5% Non-cumulative, non-voting Class A Stock, par value $100 a share (entitled in liquidation to $100 per share in priority over Common Stock) — 15,680 shares authorized; 12,620 shares issued and outstanding
    1,262,000       1,262,000  
 
Common Stock, par value $.10 a share:
               
 
Voting Common Stock — 29,400 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
    2,940       2,940  
 
Non-voting Common Stock — 588,000 shares authorized; 428,613 shares issued and outstanding
    42,861       42,861  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (30,404,234 )     (29,303,806 )
 
Additional paid-in capital
    1,058,687       1,058,687  
 
Retained deficit
    (8,377,772 )     (376,391 )
             
      (36,415,518 )     (27,313,709 )
             
    $ 462,755,115     $ 478,680,630  
             
See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             
    Year Ended December 31
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Revenue:
                       
 
Publishing
  $ 257,535,429     $ 251,333,791     $ 257,256,343  
 
Cable
    121,216,180       113,567,820       105,216,502  
 
Broadcasting
    39,444,103       39,406,282       39,964,031  
 
Other communications
    20,157,582       19,784,459       20,152,011  
                   
      438,353,294       424,092,352       422,588,887  
Expense:
                       
 
Cost of revenue:
                       
   
Publishing
    186,403,481       182,121,635       180,676,233  
   
Cable
    86,971,126       79,668,103       73,711,544  
   
Broadcasting
    22,838,413       23,629,565       22,910,606  
   
Other communications
    9,804,456       9,827,112       9,907,594  
                   
      306,017,476       295,246,415       287,205,977  
 
Selling, general & administrative expense:
                       
   
Publishing
    71,550,707       70,756,879       68,510,723  
   
Cable
    25,650,401       24,874,283       21,434,940  
   
Broadcasting
    13,548,477       13,063,725       13,402,335  
   
Other communications
    8,266,302       7,624,290       7,791,649  
   
Corporate expenses
    4,830,588       4,398,354       6,045,826  
                   
      123,846,475       120,717,531       117,185,473  
 
Loss on impairment of intangible asset
          8,378,058        
                   
      429,863,951       424,342,004       404,391,450  
                   
Operating income (loss)
    8,489,343       (249,652 )     18,197,437  
Nonoperating income (expense):
                       
 
Interest expense
    (19,968,502 )     (19,633,266 )     (22,952,372 )
 
Gain on disposition of Monroe Cablevision
                21,140,829  
 
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
    4,238,437       3,908,162       (732,748 )
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                (8,989,786 )
 
Investment income
    375,631       1,110,158       126,221  
                   
      (15,354,434 )     (14,614,946 )     (11,407,856 )
                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (6,865,091 )     (14,864,598 )     6,789,581  
Provision (credit) for income taxes:
                       
 
Federal:
                       
   
Current
    (237,959 )           (2,707,248 )
   
Deferred
          27,428,585       4,899,196  
                   
      (237,959 )     27,428,585       2,191,948  
 
State and local
    183,937       179,000       743,000  
                   
      (54,022 )     27,607,585       2,934,948  
                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest
    (6,811,069 )     (42,472,183 )     3,854,633  
Minority interest
    40,721       2,860,804       (476,840 )
                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (6,770,348 )     (39,611,379 )     3,377,793  
Loss from discontinued operations (including loss on disposal of $569,015 in 2003)
          (1,417,098 )     (1,044,795 )
Income tax benefit
          (456,885 )     (207,448 )
                   
Loss on discontinued operations
          (960,213 )     (837,347 )
                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,770,348 )   $ (40,571,592 )   $ 2,540,446  
                   
See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Three years ended December 31, 2004
                                                                                     
            Common Stock                
                             
                Accumulated            
    Class A Stock   Voting   Non-Voting   Other   Additional        
                Comprehensive   Paid-in   Retained    
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Loss   Capital   Earnings   Total
                                         
Balances at January 1, 2002
    12,620     $ 1,262,000       29,400     $ 2,940       427,786     $ 42,779     $ (4,725,589 )   $ 771,274     $ 40,229,696     $ 37,583,100  
Net income
                                                                    2,540,446       2,540,446  
Change in net minimum pension liability (net of $10,452,982 of deferred income taxes)
                                                    (18,586,582 )                     (18,586,582 )
Amortization of fair value of interest rate swaps at January 1, 2001 (net of $254,500 of deferred income taxes)
                                                    452,138                       452,138  
                                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                            (15,593,998 )
Cash dividends declared:
                                                                               
 
Class A stock — $5.00 per share
                                                                    (63,100 )     (63,100 )
 
Common Stock:
                                                                               
   
Voting — $2.80 per share
                                                                    (82,320 )     (82,320 )
   
Non-voting — $2.80 per share
                                                                    (1,197,801 )     (1,197,801 )
                                                             
                                                                      (1,343,221 )     (1,343,221 )
                                                             
Balances at December 31, 2002
    12,620       1,262,000       29,400       2,940       427,786       42,779       (22,860,033 )     771,274       41,426,921       20,645,881  
Net loss
                                                                    (40,571,592 )     (40,571,592 )
Change in net minimum pension liability (net of $3,790,511 of deferred income taxes)
                                                    (6,736,029 )                     (6,736,029 )
Amortization of fair value of interest rate swaps at January 1, 2001 (net of $163,800 of deferred income taxes)
                                                    292,256                       292,256  
                                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                            (47,015,365 )
Cash dividends declared:
                                                                               
 
Class A stock — $5.00 per share
                                                                    (63,100 )     (63,100 )
 
Common Stock:
                                                                               
   
Voting — $2.55 per share
                                                                    (74,970 )     (74,970 )
   
Non-voting — $2.55 per share
                                                                    (1,093,650 )     (1,093,650 )
                                                             
                                                                      (1,231,720 )     (1,231,720 )
Executive stock incentives issued at $407.97 per share
                                    1,808       180               737,103               737,283  
Redemption of non-voting common shares at $458.50 per share
                                    (981 )     (98 )             (449,690 )             (449,788 )
                                                             
Balances at December 31, 2003
    12,620       1,262,000       29,400       2,940       428,613       42,861       (29,303,806 )     1,058,687       (376,391 )     (27,313,709 )
Net loss
                                                                    (6,770,348 )     (6,770,348 )
Change in net minimum pension liability
                                                    (1,205,668 )                     (1,205,668 )
Amortization of fair value of interest rate swaps at January 1, 2001
                                                    105,240                       105,240  
                                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                            (7,870,776 )
 
Cash dividends declared:
                                                                               
 
Class A stock — $5.00 per share
                                                                    (63,100 )     (63,100 )
 
Common Stock:
                                                                               
   
Voting — $2.55 per share
                                                                    (74,970 )     (74,970 )
   
Non-voting — $2.55 per share
                                                                    (1,092,963 )     (1,092,963 )
                                                             
                                                                      (1,231,033 )     (1,231,033 )
                                                             
Balances at December 31, 2004
    12,620     $ 1,262,000       29,400     $ 2,940       428,613     $ 42,861     $ (30,404,234 )   $ 1,058,687     $ (8,377,772 )   $ (36,415,518 )
                                                             
See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,770,348 )   $ (40,571,592 )   $ 2,540,446  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation
    49,388,976       47,715,423       44,753,126  
 
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges
    2,828,113       3,083,785       3,011,349  
 
Amortization of broadcast rights
    6,233,664       7,020,339       7,138,102  
 
Payments for broadcast rights
    (6,322,598 )     (6,933,128 )     (5,744,461 )
 
Gain on sale of Monroe Cablevision
                (21,140,829 )
 
Loss on disposal of discontinued operation
          569,015        
 
Loss on impairment of intangible asset
          8,378,058        
 
Deferred income taxes
          26,971,700       4,691,748  
 
Provision for bad debts
    4,649,779       3,815,313       2,891,075  
 
Minority interest
    (40,721 )     (2,860,804 )     476,840  
 
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps
    (4,238,437 )     (3,908,162 )     732,748  
 
Cash received on swap contracts
    3,056,000       2,563,000        
 
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
    3,485,673       2,177,810       (300,268 )
 
Write off of deferred charges related to extinguished debt
                2,697,784  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
   
Receivables
    (9,794,010 )     (1,587,254 )     (4,151,483 )
   
Inventories
    2,311,069       375,595       (1,526,280 )
   
Prepaid expenses
    16,830       (1,387,091 )     (931,248 )
   
Accounts payable
    (2,232,199 )     654,700       1,468,530  
   
Salaries, wages, payroll taxes and other accrued liabilities
    2,649,528       (5,571,103 )     1,887,007  
   
Other assets
    4,334,897       1,669,521       (3,140,143 )
   
Postretirement benefits and other long-term obligations
    2,688,020       84,936       (288,316 )
                   
Net cash provided by operating activities
    52,244,236       42,260,061       35,065,727  
Investing activities
                       
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (51,204,547 )     (54,992,717 )     (30,670,261 )
Change in cash value of life insurance
    (2,251,494 )     (2,109,198 )     (2,167,877 )
Payment on borrowings against cash value of life insurance
                (12,735,560 )
Proceeds from sale of Monroe Cablevision
                12,059,115  
Proceeds from sale of investment
          2,000,000        
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
    228,579       155,343       1,105,557  
                   
Net cash used in investing activities
    (53,227,462 )     (54,946,572 )     (32,409,026 )
Financing activities
                       
Borrowings on term loan
          20,000,000       75,000,000  
Payments on term loan
    (6,100,000 )     (4,346,000 )     (75,375,000 )
Net borrowings on short term revolver
    782,743              
Issuance of subordinated notes
                175,000,000  
Payments on long-term revolver
                (92,500,000 )
Payments on senior notes
                (67,499,000 )
Financing costs deferred
                (10,768,413 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
          737,283        
Payments on redemption of shares
          (449,788 )      
Cash dividends paid
    (1,231,033 )     (1,231,720 )     (1,343,221 )
Distribution to minority partner
                (800,000 )
Payments on capital leases
    (381,143 )     (343,626 )     (472,154 )
                   
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (6,929,433 )     14,366,149       1,242,212  
                   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (7,912,659 )     1,679,638       3,898,913  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    11,461,283       9,781,645       5,882,732  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
    3,548,624       11,461,283       9,781,645  
                   
Non-cash borrowings for equipment under capital lease
  $     $ 76,856     $ 1,360,402  
                   
See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2004
1. Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
      Block Communications, Inc. (the Company) operates primarily in the publishing, cable and broadcasting industries through its newspapers, cable systems and television stations located primarily in the midwest. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
      Cash and cash equivalents consist of commercial accounts and interest-bearing bank deposits and are carried at cost, which approximates current value. Items are considered to be cash equivalents if the original maturity is three months or less.
Trade Receivables
      Trade receivables are held until maturity, or payoff, and are therefore reported in the balance sheet at outstanding principal, adjusted for any write-offs or allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts equivalent to an estimation of uncollectible amounts, which is calculated based on a combination of specific identification of questionable accounts and historical collection experience. In addition to these factors, the Company has considered the state of the industries in which it operates, as well as the general state of the economy and the financial strength of the customer base. Accounts are considered past due when payment has not been received within the credit terms established, which vary by customer and industry. Trade receivables are typically written off when sent to a collection agency. Recoveries, net of collection fees, are recorded as a reduction in bad debt expense. None of the Company’s receivables at December 31, 2004 are held for sale. The Company does not accrue interest on past-due receivables.
Inventories
      Inventories principally relate to newsprint and security alarm system components and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Costs are determined by either the first-in, first-out (FIFO) or last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. Inventories valued on the LIFO method (newsprint inventories) comprise approximately 70% and 76% of total inventories at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. If the FIFO method had been used, such inventories would have been approximately $1,196,000 and $1,190,000 higher than reported at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Broadcast Rights
      Broadcast rights represent the cost of the rights to broadcast films and syndicated programming for specified periods of time. Such costs are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the number of estimated showings. Broadcast rights payable represent the related liabilities under these long-term, non-interest bearing contracts. Additions to the broadcast rights were $4,299,000 and $5,102,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-7


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Property, Plant and Equipment
      Property, plant and equipment are recorded on the basis of cost. Assets under capital leases are recorded at the present value of the future minimum lease payments. Expenditures for additions and improvements that add materially to productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized, and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings. The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with installation of cable and alarm systems in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 51, Financial Reporting by Cable Television Companies, which include direct installation labor, equipment and allocated indirect costs. When properties are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related accounts for cost and depreciation are relieved, and any gain or loss resulting from the disposal is included in operations. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line and declining-balance methods. The cost of buildings and leasehold improvements is depreciated over 7 to 40 years, machinery and equipment over 3 to 11 years and cable television and security alarm systems over 8 to 12.5 years. Assets under capital lease are amortized over the initial term of the lease, with amortization included in depreciation expense.
Long-Lived Assets
      Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which requires the carrying value of long-lived assets to be tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If various external factors or the projected undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset over the remaining amortization period indicate that the carrying value of the asset will not be recoverable, the carrying value will be adjusted to the estimated fair value, or the remaining useful life adjusted as necessary. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company has not recognized any impairment charges for long-lived assets under SFAS No. 144. During 2003, the useful lives of certain distribution system assets for Erie County Cablevision were adjusted in anticipation of a rebuild of those assets that was completed during 2004.
      Refer to Note 5 for specific discussion of goodwill and intangible assets.
Derivative Financial Instruments
      The Company is exposed to market risk arising from changes in interest rates and therefore participates in interest-rate swap contracts as it deems necessary to minimize interest expense while stabilizing cash flows. At December 31, 2004, the Company participates in twelve interest-rate swap contracts relating to its long-term debt. Two of these contracts are accounted for as fair value hedges; therefore, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded as an adjustment to the carrying value of the underlying debt and have no impact on the Company’s results of operations. These hedge contracts qualified for the short-cut method of evaluating effectiveness at the inception of the contracts; therefore, continuing assessments of their effectiveness are not performed. The remaining contracts either do not qualify for hedge accounting or the Company has not elected to implement hedge accounting. Accordingly, the Company has recognized a derivative valuation gain of $4,238,437 and $3,908,162 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, and a derivative valuation loss of $732,748 for the year ended December 31, 2002. The fair value of the interest rate swaps at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 of $800,553 and $869,436, respectively, is recorded in other long-term obligations.
Revenue Recognition
      The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and has been earned. Sales are considered earned when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services or products are delivered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

F-8


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
      Net publishing sales are comprised of gross sales less rebates, discounts and allowances. Publishing sales include advertising sales, circulation revenue and other sales such as niche publications and total market delivery. Advertising sales are recognized when advertisements are published in the newspaper or appear on our website. Circulation revenue is recognized upon delivery of the paper, either through home subscription service or single copy sales. Other revenues are recognized when earned based on the criteria noted above.
      Net cable sales are comprised of service and installation revenues and advertising sales and are presented net of rebates, discounts and allowances. Cable service revenues are typically billed monthly, in advance, and recognized over the period that services are provided. Certain services, such as pay per view and video on demand, are billed in arrears based on usage. Revenue for these products is recognized at the time of delivery. Cable installation revenues are recognized at the time of installation to the extent of direct selling costs incurred. Advertising sales are recognized during the period in which the spots are aired. Local governmental authorities impose franchise fees on the Company ranging up to a federally mandated maximum of 5% of gross revenues as defined in the franchise agreement. These fees are collected from customers and remitted on a quarterly basis to local franchise authorities. Franchise fees collected are reported as revenues on a gross basis pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 01-14, Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out of Pocket’ Expenses Incurred.
      Net broadcasting sales are comprised of gross advertising sales less rebates, discounts and allowances and are presented net of agency and national representatives’ commissions. Advertising sales are recognized during the period in which the spots are aired and consist of both cash sales and barter arrangements, which are recorded at the fair value of air time provided. Other revenues, such as network compensation and production revenues, are recognized when earned based on the criteria discussed above.
      Other communication revenues are comprised of commercial telecom revenue and security alarm sales and monitoring. Certain telephony and security monitoring services are billed in advance and recognized over the period during which services are provided. Telephony services charged by usage are billed in arrears and recognized in the period of usage. Security alarm system sales and service calls are recognized at the time of delivery.
Stock-Based Employee Compensation
      Executive Committee members are entitled to receive incentive compensation payable in shares of non-voting common stock based on certain operational performance exceeding targets established by the Board of Directors. Shares earned vest immediately and are payable upon approval of the annual operating results by the Board of Directors. During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recognized $1,468,692 in compensation expense for 3,600 shares earned in 2002. These shares were issued in 2003, with 1,792 shares retained to cover income tax withholding, resulting in a net issuance of 1808 shares. No shares were earned in the years ended December 31, 2004 or December 31, 2003.
      The Company does not grant stock options under any incentive compensation plan.
      In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, was issued and provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. The Company previously adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation; therefore, all years presented reflect this method and no pro-forma disclosures are required.

F-9


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
      The Company’s comprehensive income (loss) is defined as net income (loss) adjusted for the change in net minimum pension liability and the cumulative effect of the change in accounting standards recorded upon implementation of SFAS No. 133. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $30,404,234 at December 31, 2004 includes net minimum pension liability of $30,357,883 and net unamortized SFAS 133 transition amount of $46,351. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $29,303,806 at December 31, 2003 includes net minimum pension liability of $29,152,215 and net unamortized SFAS 133 transition amount of $151,591.
Reclassifications
      Certain balances in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year. We have reclassified the 2003 loss on impairment of intangible asset to be reflected as an operating expense, reducing 2003 operating income by $8,378,058. We have also reclassified franchise fees in the cable segment to be reported in revenue on a gross basis as noted above. This reclassification has increased previously reported cable revenues and expenses by $4,034,143 and $3,742,644 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
New Accounting Standards
      In April 2002, SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections, was issued and requires a gain or loss related to the extinguishment of debt to no longer be recorded as an extraordinary item. The Company elected early adoption of SFAS No. 145. As a result, a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $9.0 million is included in income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2002.
      In July 2002, SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, was issued and applies to fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2002. SFAS No. 146 requires certain costs associated with a restructuring, discontinued operation or plant closing to be recognized as incurred rather than at the date of commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The loss on disposal recognized in connection with the 2003 discontinuation of certain operations as discussed in Note 3 reflects the adoption of this standard.
      In November 2004, SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs — an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, was issued and applies to fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS No. 151 clarifies the accounting for idle facility expense, spoilage, double freight and rehandling costs in inventory pricing. The statement also requires that fixed costs for production overhead be allocated based on the normal capacity of the production facility. The adoption of this standard is expected to have no impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, SFAS No. 153, Accounting for Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, an Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, was issued and applies to non-monetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS No. 153 replaces the exception in Opinion 29 for non-monetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Under the statement, a non-monetary exchange is deemed to have commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The adoption of this standard is expected to have no impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

F-10


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
2. Acquisitions
      Effective March 29, 2002, the Company consummated an asset exchange agreement with Comcast Corporation which resulted in an exchange of 100% of the assets of Monroe Cablevision for 100% of the assets of Comcast’s Bedford, Michigan operations and $12.1 million cash. The Company recorded a $21.1 million gain on the disposition of Monroe Cablevision resulting from the difference in fair value versus the net book value of assets exchanged. For tax reporting, the transaction has been treated as a like kind exchange, and the amount of the gain in excess of the cash received has been deferred. The operations of Monroe Cablevision are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements through March 28, 2002 and were not material.
      The net assets of the Bedford system were recorded at their fair value and primarily relate to property and equipment of $1.6 million, goodwill of $130,000 and amortizable intangibles of $9.3 million. Amortizable intangibles consist of franchise agreements and are being amortized over a weighted average amortization period of 13.5 years. The operations of the Bedford system are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning March 29, 2002 and pro-forma amounts are not material.
3. Discontinued Operations
      Effective May 31, 2003, the Company suspended operations of Community Communication Services, Inc. (CCS), an alternative advertising distribution company. Effective December 31, 2003 the Company sold the net assets of certain divisions of Corporate Protection Services, Inc. (CPS) and ceased operations of those divisions, which were previously involved in the sale, installation, and testing of commercial security and fire protection systems. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the results of operations of CCS and the affected divisions of CPS are reported separately from results of continuing operations for all periods presented. The reported loss from discontinued operations includes revenues of $3,207,000, and $6,346,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Results for the year ended December 31, 2003 include a loss on disposal of the discontinued operations of $569,015. Previously, results of operations of CCS and the affected divisions of CPS were included in the Other Communications category for purposes of segment reporting.
4. Income Taxes
      A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Federal statutory rate
  $ (2,402,800 )   $ (5,698,600 )   $ 2,010,700  
Minority interest
    14,300       1,001,300       (166,900 )
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit
    119,600       116,400       483,000  
Amortization of intangibles
    1,000       1,000       163,000  
Valuation allowance
    2,524,500       31,597,000       157,900  
Other
    (310,622 )     (133,600 )     79,800  
                   
Provision (credit) for income taxes
  $ (54,022 )   $ 27,150,700     $ 2,727,500  
                   
      Total income taxes paid amounted to $520,000, $749,000 and $492,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Federal income tax refunds of $4,449,000 and $1,039,000 were received in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-11


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
4. Income Taxes (continued)
      Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
                   
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
  $ 32,645,000     $ 31,186,000  
 
Tax loss and credit carryforwards
    11,859,300       8,914,550  
 
Net pension costs
    7,894,000       7,561,000  
 
Deferred compensation and severance
    6,565,000       5,995,000  
 
Insurance
    3,464,000       3,261,000  
 
Vacation pay
    2,582,000       3,121,000  
 
Fair value of interest rate swaps
    1,324,000       1,787,000  
Other
    2,032,600       2,759,500  
             
      68,365,900       64,585,050  
Valuation allowance
    (35,332,900 )     (32,342,050 )
             
      33,033,000       32,243,000  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Tax over book depreciation and amortization
    24,740,000       23,950,000  
 
Basis difference on like-kind exchanges
    8,293,000       8,293,000  
             
      33,033,000       32,243,000  
             
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
             
      At December 31, 2004, the Company has unused alternative minimum tax (AMT) credits of $5,422,300. In addition the Company has net operating loss and charitable contribution carryforwards of $14,685,000 and $3,198,000, respectively. These credits have been recognized in computing deferred income taxes. The AMT credits are available indefinitely to offset regular income tax in excess of AMT.
      The Company believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realization of the net deferred tax asset balance such that a full valuation allowance is warranted. Factors considered include the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years, the length of time over which temporary differences are expected to reverse, and the availability of prudent and feasible tax strategies.
5. Goodwill and Other Intangibles
      Intangible assets primarily include FCC licenses, network affiliation agreements, subscriber lists, agreements not to compete, and purchased goodwill. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Accordingly, purchased goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized but reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with lives restricted by contractual, legal, or other means are amortized over their useful lives.

F-12


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
5. Goodwill and Other Intangibles (continued)
      The Company classifies the following intangible assets as amortizable under the provisions of SFAS No. 142 based upon definite lives:
                                 
    2004   2003
         
    Gross       Gross    
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
    Value   Amortization   Value   Amortization
                 
Franchise agreements
  $ 9,264,000     $ 2,033,798     $ 9,264,000     $ 1,294,235  
Subscriber lists
    4,000,000       4,000,000       4,000,000       3,666,667  
Agreements not to compete
    1,355,000       1,280,000       1,355,000       1,103,445  
Other intangibles
    1,258,458       756,684       1,258,458       716,510  
                         
    $ 15,877,458     $ 8,070,482     $ 15,877,458     $ 6,780,857  
                         
      Amortization expense recognized for the above assets is expected to be $1,133,402 in 2005; $785,079 in 2006, $781,500 in 2007 and $756,500 in 2008 and 2009.
      The following intangible assets have been identified as non-amortizable based upon indefinite useful lives:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Goodwill
  $ 52,034,273     $ 51,987,021  
FCC licenses
    19,938,123       19,938,123  
Other intangibles
    525,000       525,000  
             
    $ 72,497,396     $ 72,450,144  
             
      Our goodwill is allocated to reportable segments as follows:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Publishing
  $ 48,080,123     $ 48,080,123  
Cable
    1,416,002       1,416,002  
Broadcasting
    809,078       809,078  
Corporate and Other
    1,729,070       1,681,818  
             
    $ 52,034,273     $ 51,987,021  
             
      As required by SFAS No. 142, the Company performed its annual impairment analysis of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles during the fourth quarter of 2004. The fair values of reporting units used in the analysis of goodwill are determined through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation method based on the cash flows of the reporting unit and other market indicators. If required, the implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the determined fair value of the reporting unit to its assets and liabilities and calculating the amount of unit fair value in excess of the sum of the fair values of its assets and liabilities. The fair values of indefinite-lived intangibles are determined through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation method based on the cash flows allocable to the specific asset and other market indicators. No impairment has been recognized based upon the results of that analysis.

F-13


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
5. Goodwill and Other Intangibles (continued)
      As a result of the prior year analysis, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $5,613,299, net of minority interest, for the year ended December 31, 2003. The total loss, before minority interest, of $8,378,058 represented the excess of the carrying value over the determined fair value of the FCC license held by the WAND-TV Partnership. The impairment arose from a write-down of the FCC license resulting from a discounted cash flow forecast that uses industry averages to determine the fair value of the license. The decrease in fair value was the result of the decline in the advertising market during 2001 and 2003, which decreased industry-wide station operating margins. This loss is reported in the statement of operations as an operating expense. The impaired asset is reported in the broadcasting segment for purposes of segment reporting.
6.      Other Accrued Liabilities
      Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Deferred revenue
  $ 11,902,743     $ 8,250,847  
Broadcast rights payable
    5,608,535       5,312,805  
Local taxes
    5,109,487       5,367,554  
Interest payable
    3,262,367       2,884,976  
Carriage fees
    2,988,836       2,842,531  
Other
    6,866,189       6,491,892  
             
    $ 35,738,157     $ 31,150,605  
             
7. Other Long-Term Obligations
      Other long-term obligations consist of the following:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Other post-retirement benefits
  $ 88,722,000     $ 86,606,000  
Pension liabilities
    49,207,229       49,602,966  
Deferred compensation obligations
    8,783,418       8,544,121  
Broadcast rights payable
    3,731,715       6,051,156  
Other
    2,467,777       3,058,408  
             
    $ 152,912,139     $ 153,862,651  
             
8. Retirement and Pension Plans
      The Company and certain subsidiaries have several defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all active and retired employees. Benefits are generally based on compensation and length of service. In 2003, the liabilities for certain participants in non-qualified defined benefit plans previously characterized as deferred compensation have been reclassified and included in the disclosures below.

F-14


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
8. Retirement and Pension Plans (continued)
      The components of the benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the defined benefit pension plans are as follows:
                   
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Change in benefit obligation:
               
 
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
  $ 243,947,949     $ 205,646,013  
 
Reclassification of non-qualified plan
          11,322,235  
 
Service cost
    5,195,706       5,282,047  
 
Interest cost
    14,835,385       14,748,299  
 
Plan amendments
    208,365       239,533  
 
Actuarial loss
    3,367,179       19,373,796  
 
Benefits paid
    (12,413,512 )     (12,663,974 )
             
 
Benefit obligation, end of year
  $ 255,141,072     $ 243,947,949  
             
Change in plan assets:
               
 
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
  $ 167,636,862     $ 145,703,769  
 
Contributions
    8,659,845       12,878,324  
 
Actual return on plan assets
    15,530,709       21,718,743  
 
Benefits paid
    (12,413,512 )     (12,663,974 )
             
 
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
  $ 179,413,904     $ 167,636,862  
             
Reconciliation of funded status:
               
 
Funded status of the plans
  $ (75,727,168 )   $ (76,311,087 )
 
Unrecognized net loss
    73,019,158       72,681,167  
 
Unrecognized prior year service cost
    12,630,446       14,167,820  
             
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 9,922,436     $ 10,537,900  
             
      The net amount recognized above is recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Prepaid pension costs
  $ 2,902,022     $ 2,778,300  
Pension liabilities
    (49,207,229 )     (49,602,966 )
Intangible pension asset
    9,472,626       11,812,858  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    46,755,017       45,549,708  
             
    $ 9,922,436     $ 10,537,900  
             
      The benefit obligation presented above is the combined projected benefit obligation for the defined benefit plans. The combined accumulated benefit obligation was $228,099,907 and $216,893,527 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

F-15


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
8. Retirement and Pension Plans (continued)
      The measurement dates used for determination of plan assets and obligations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003, respectively. Assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation and the net periodic pension cost are as follows, on a weighted average basis:
                                         
    Benefit Obligation   Pension Cost
    December 31   Year Ended December 31
         
    2004   2003   2004   2003   2002
                     
Discount rate
    6.00%       6.25%       6.25%       7.00%       7.23%  
Rate of compensation increases
    4.34%       4.62%       4.62%       4.99%       4.99%  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
                    8.16%       8.78%       8.96%  
      The discount rates reflect the rate of return on high quality fixed income securities, which have decreased over the past three years. Certain plans have been subject to cost of living adjustments which increase benefits for eligible retirees. Based upon past practice, a cost of living adjustment assumption has been applied where appropriate in determination of the benefit obligation.
      All plan assets presented above are managed in accordance with an established investment policy. On a weighted average basis, the investment policies call for an allocation that consists of 63% equity securities and 37% fixed income securities. The expected long-term rate of return assumption above is reflective of this target allocation. Although periodic rebalancing occurs, actual allocations may vary due to investment performance and the need to maintain sufficient liquidity to service required benefit payments. Actual allocations of plan assets as of the measurement dates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:
                 
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Equity securities
    62 %     59 %
Fixed income securities
    33 %     31 %
Other assets, including cash and equivalents
    5 %     10 %
             
      100 %     100 %
             
      Certain defined benefit pension plans have a projected benefit obligation that exceeds the fair value of plan assets. The aggregate projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for these plans are $249,595,377 and $173,549,424, respectively, at December 31, 2004 and $238,535,639 and $161,878,251, respectively, at December 31, 2003. Certain plans have an accumulated benefit obligation that exceeds the fair value of plan assets. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for these plans are $222,554,212 and $173,549,424, respectively, at December 31, 2004 and $211,481,217 and $161,878,251, respectively, at December 31, 2003.

F-16


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
8. Retirement and Pension Plans (continued)
      The components of the net periodic pension cost are as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Service cost
  $ 5,195,706     $ 5,282,047     $ 5,337,581  
Interest cost
    14,835,385       14,748,299       13,187,906  
Expected return on plan assets
    (14,934,010 )     (15,367,200 )     (15,526,468 )
Amortization of transition amount
          (34,022 )     (64,228 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    1,745,739       1,851,178       1,582,384  
Actuarial loss (gain) recognized
    2,432,489       1,228,653       306,166  
                   
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 9,275,309     $ 7,708,955     $ 4,823,341  
                   
      The Company expects to contribute approximately $7,500,000 to these plans in 2005. Various factors may cause actual contributions to differ from this estimate. Benefits paid under these plans are expected to be approximately $13,700,000 in 2005, $13,000,000 in 2006, $13,000,000 in 2007, $13,600,000 in 2008, $13,900,000 in 2009 and $82,500,000 for fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
      The Company and certain subsidiaries also sponsor defined contribution plans and participate in several multi-employer and jointly-trusteed defined benefit pension plans. Total payments to the defined contribution plans were approximately $2,333,000, $2,397,200 and $2,273,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Payments to multi-employer and jointly-trusteed defined benefit plans were approximately $3,514,000, $2,884,300 and $3,042,400 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The portions of plan assets and benefit obligations for the multi-employer and jointly-trusteed plans which are applicable to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries have not been determined.
9. Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions
      The Company and certain subsidiaries provide access to health care benefits for certain retired employees. The components of the non-pension retirement benefit obligation and amounts accrued are as follows:
                   
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, beginning of year
  $ 102,290,000     $ 90,265,000  
 
Service cost
    2,360,000       2,290,000  
 
Interest cost
    5,402,000       6,009,000  
 
Plan amendments
    (14,775,000 )      
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
    15,191,000       8,836,000  
 
Benefits paid
    (5,231,000 )     (5,110,000 )
             
 
Benefit obligation, end of year
  $ 105,237,000     $ 102,290,000  
             
Funded status of plan
  $ (105,237,000 )   $ (102,290,000 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    30,290,000       15,684,000  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (13,775,000 )      
             
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (88,722,000 )   $ (86,606,000 )
             

F-17


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
9. Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions (continued)
      The components of the non-pension retirement benefit cost are as follows:
                         
    Years Ended December 31
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Service cost
  $ 2,360,000     $ 2,290,000     $ 1,915,000  
Interest cost
    5,402,000       6,009,000       6,012,000  
Amortization of prior service cost
    (1,000,000 )            
Actuarial (gain) loss recognized
    584,000       52,000       (7,000 )
                   
Net non-pension retirement benefit cost
  $ 7,346,000     $ 8,351,000     $ 7,920,000  
                   
      The measurement date used for determination of plan obligations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was the last day of the fiscal period. For measurement purposes, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits for 2005, 2006 and 2007 was assumed to be 10%, 9% and 8%, respectively. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5% for 2014 and remain at that level thereafter. A 1% increase in these rates would have increased the net non-pension retirement benefit expense by $3,131,000 and the benefit obligation by $13,880,000. A 1% decrease in these rates would have decreased the net non-pension retirement expense by $1,744,000 and the benefit obligation by $11,560,000. Discount rate assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation and the net periodic pension cost are as follows, on a weighted average basis:
                                         
    Benefit   Non-Pension Benefit
    Obligation   Cost Year Ended
    December 31   December 31
         
    2004   2003   2004   2003   2002
                     
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.25 %     6.25 %     7.00 %     7.25 %
      These plans are unfunded, with the Company contributing to the plans in amounts equal to benefits distributed. The Company expects to contribute approximately $4,972,000 to these plans in 2005. Various factors may cause actual contributions to differ from this estimate. Benefits paid pursuant to these plans are estimated to be $4,972,000 in 2005, $5,214,000 in 2006, $5,483,000 in 2007, $5,658,000 in 2008, $5,833,000 in 2009 and $31,712,000 for the years 2010 through 2014. Various factors may cause actual experience to differ from these estimates.
      On December 8, 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Act) was enacted. Provisions of the Act include a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare Part D) as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. The Company provides a prescription drug benefit for certain groups of retirees and has assessed that benefit to be at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit provided under Medicare Part D based on available information. Accordingly, under the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position No. FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (FSP FAS 106-2) the Company has accounted for anticipated subsidies under the Act.

F-18


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
9. Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions (continued)
      In accordance with FSP FAS 106-2, which provides authoritative guidance on the recognition and disclosure of anticipated subsidies under the Act and is effective for interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2004, the Company has elected retroactive application to the date of enactment and remeasured the plans’ accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) to include the effects of the subsidy as of December 31, 2003, the plans’ normal measurement date following enactment of the Act. This remeasurement, resulting in a reduction of $11,323,000 in the plans’ APBO, has had no impact on the Company’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003. It has, however, resulted in reduced net periodic non-pension postretirement benefit cost for the 2004 fiscal year. Accordingly, the Company has recognized the following reduction in benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 2004:
         
Service cost
  $ 337,000  
Interest cost
    707,000  
Actuarial (gain) loss recognized
    916,000  
       
Net non-pension retirement benefit cost
  $ 1,960,000  
       
      Anticipated subsidy receipts are estimated to be $446,000 in 2006, $499,000 in 2007, $550,000 in 2008, $591,000 in 2009 and $3,588,000 for the years 2010 through 2014. Various factors may cause actual experience to differ from these estimates.
10. Long-Term Debt and Credit Arrangements
      The amounts recorded as long-term debt are as follows:
                   
    December 31
     
    2004   2003
         
Senior subordinated notes
  $ 175,000,000     $ 175,000,000  
Fair value adjustment of subordinated notes
    2,876,193       4,094,987  
             
      177,876,193       179,094,987  
Senior term loan B
    79,429,000       80,279,000  
Senior term loan A
    4,750,000       10,000,000  
Revolving credit agreement
    782,743        
Capital leases
    2,505,181       2,886,324  
             
      265,343,117       272,260,311  
Less current maturities:
               
 
Senior term loans
    841,800       1,100,000  
 
Capital leases
    417,243       381,143  
             
      1,259,043       1,481,143  
             
    $ 264,084,074     $ 270,779,168  
             
      Maturities of long-term obligations for five years subsequent to December 31, 2004 are: 2005 — $1,259,043; 2006 — $1,287,563; 2007 — $1,315,063; 2008 — $1,284,981; 2009 — $259,770,666; and thereafter — $425,801.

F-19


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
10. Long-Term Debt and Credit Arrangements (continued)
      In April 2002, the Company issued $175 million of 91/4% senior subordinated notes, the proceeds of which where used to pay off the existing senior term loan and senior notes and a portion of the balance outstanding under the revolving credit agreement. The subordinated notes mature April 15, 2009, with interest payable semi-annually. The Company may redeem the notes on or after April 15, 2006 at their principal amount, plus, if redeemed prior to April 15, 2008, a redemption premium based on the time of the prepayment.
      On May 15, 2002, the Company refinanced the remainder of its senior credit facilities. The new senior credit facilities included a $40 million delayed draw term loan A, a $75 million term loan B, and an $85 million revolver.
      The Company borrowed $20,000,000 of the $40,000,000 available under term loan A during 2003, allowing the remaining availability to expire under the terms of the credit agreement, which required withdrawals of $20,000,000 by June 30, 2003 and $20,000,000 by December 31, 2003. The credit agreement was amended as of September 30, 2003 to transfer $10,000,000 of borrowings under term loan A to term loan B. The remaining outstanding balance of term loan A incurs interest at the banks’ prime rate of interest plus applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 2.00% or LIBOR plus applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 3.00%. At September 30, 2004, the Company made a voluntary $5,000,000 prepayment on term loan A. At February 1, 2005, the credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities was amended and effective March 31, 2005, the outstanding balance of term loan A will be transferred to term loan B. The outstanding debt under Term Loan A is $4,750,000 at December 31, 2004, at an interest rate of 5.56%.
      The Company borrowed the $75,000,000 initially available under term loan B, which incurs interest at the banks’ prime rate of interest plus applicable margin of 1.75% or LIBOR plus applicable margin of 2.75%. As discussed above, the credit agreement was amended to transfer $10,000,000 of outstanding borrowings under term loan A to term loan B. At February 1, 2005, the credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities was amended and effective March 31, 2005, the outstanding balance of term loan A will be transferred to term loan B. The amended agreement requires quarterly principal payments of $210,450 through maturity at November 15, 2009. The outstanding debt relating to this agreement is $79,429,000 at December 31, 2004, at an interest rate of 5.31%.
      The Company may borrow up to $85,000,000 under a revolving credit agreement at the banks’ prime rate of interest plus applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 2.00% or LIBOR plus applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 3.00%. The agreement provides for the payment of a commitment fee on the unborrowed portion ranging from 0.50% to 0.75% per annum. Scheduled reductions of the credit committed began in September 2004, with final maturity on May 15, 2009. Principal payments are due at quarter-end, to the extent that total borrowings outstanding at the quarter-end exceeds the reduced credit committed. The outstanding debt related to this agreement is $782,743 at December 31, 2004, at a weighted average interest rate of 7.25%
      The credit facilities are guaranteed jointly and severally by all of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the Guarantors). Such guarantees are full and unconditional. WAND (TV) Partnership, a partially owned subsidiary of the Company is not a guarantor of the new credit facilities.
      In conjunction with the refinancing, the Company recognized a loss of $9.0 million in 2002 consisting of premiums paid to the existing noteholders and unamortized deferred financing costs relating to the refinanced debt
      The Company participates in several interest-rate swap contracts related to its outstanding debt. See Note 1 for discussion of the Company’s accounting for these contracts.

F-20


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
10. Long-Term Debt and Credit Arrangements (continued)
      The terms of the debt agreements include covenants, which provide, among other things, restrictions on total and senior leverage and indebtedness, and minimums on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and maximums on capital expenditures.
      The Company’s revolving credit agreements and senior term loans bear interest at variable rates, thus the carrying values of these contracts approximate their fair value. The fair values of the senior subordinated notes are estimated using the quoted ask price for the notes as of the valuation date. The fair values of such fixed obligations are as follows:
                                 
    2004   2003
         
    Recorded Value   Fair Value   Recorded Value   Fair Value
                 
Subordinated notes
  $ 177,876,193     $ 189,875,000     $ 179,094,987     $ 190,750,000  
                         
    $ 177,876,193     $ 189,875,000     $ 179,094,987     $ 190,750,000  
                         
      Total interest paid was $19,371,411, $20,597,898, and $22,013,876 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The Company capitalized $207,800 and $355,000 of interest in 2004 and 2003, respectively. No interest was capitalized in 2002.
11. Commitments and Contingencies
      The Company has an agreement with certain shareholders under which the estates of such shareholders could require the Company to redeem shares owned by the shareholders to the extent necessary to provide the estates with funds to pay estate taxes. The Company did not redeem shares pursuant to these agreements during the three years ended December 31, 2004.
      The Company is involved in matters associated with several libel lawsuits and other legal matters arising out of the normal course of business. Management of the Company believes, based upon information now known, that the ultimate liability of the Company relating to these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position and results of operations. The Company intends to vigorously defend these matters; however, the ultimate outcome of the actions cannot be predicted with certainty at the present time.
      The Company has outstanding irrevocable letters of credit from a bank totaling $14,100,000, with annual fees of 3.125%.
      Two subsidiaries of the Company have entered into agreements for future broadcast rights, which become available in 2005 or later. Maturities of unrecorded broadcast rights commitments are as follows: 2005 — $743,845; 2006 — $2,812,302; 2007 — $2,577,947; 2008 — $2,526,451; 2009 and thereafter — $5,453,770.
      The Company and its subsidiaries incurred rental expense of approximately $3,475,000, $3,555,000, and $3,999,000, for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Future rental commitments subsequent to December 31, 2004 are: 2005 — $1,891,500; 2006 — $1,230,072; 2007 — $829,811; 2008 — $735,772; 2009 and thereafter — $2,422,389.
      The Company has several subsidiaries for which varying portions of the labor force are represented by labor unions. On a combined basis, 69% of the Company’s total labor force at December 31, 2004 is subject to collective bargaining agreements. None of these agreements expire prior to December 31, 2005.

F-21


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12. Business Segment Information
      The Company has three reportable segments — publishing, cable and broadcasting. The publishing segment operates two daily newspapers located in Ohio and Pennsylvania. The cable segment includes two cable companies operating in Ohio and Michigan. The broadcasting segment has five television stations located in Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, and Ohio. The “Other Communications” category includes non-reportable segments and corporate items. The non-reportable segments provide services such as commercial telephony, security systems and monitoring, and cable plant construction. In prior years, the Other Communications category has included the results of operations of Community Communications Service, Inc (CCS) and Corporate Protection Services, Inc. (CPS). As previously discussed, operations of CCS and certain divisions of CPS were discontinued in during 2003. Results of operations for CCS and the affected divisions of CPS have been reclassified to discontinued operations for all years presented.

F-22


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12. Business Segment Information (continued)
      The accounting policies of the reportable segments are consistent with those policies described in Note 1. Revenues are mostly from external customers with some intersegment revenues, primarily due to newspaper advertising, as shown in the intersegment amount under revenues. Operating income (loss) represents gross revenues before intersegment eliminations, less operating expenses. Operating expenses are mostly from external vendors with some intersegment expenses, primarily due to newspaper advertising and telephony services. The intersegment operating income (loss) is the net of the intersegment revenues and intersegment expenses. Certain corporate general and administrative expenses are included in operating income (loss) and are not allocated to individual segments. Nonoperating income (expense) includes interest expense and income, change in fair value of interest rate swaps and gains on the sales of Monroe Cablevision and WLFI-TV and are not allocated to segments. Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges for all segments reflects the 2002 implementation of the non-amortization provisions of SFAS No. 142. In the cable segment and other category, this decrease is offset by the amortization of franchise agreements acquired in 2002 and deferred charges related to the prior year debt refinancing, respectively. The following tables present certain financial information for the three reportable segments and the other category.
                           
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Revenues:
                       
 
Publishing
  $ 261,807,715     $ 255,072,667     $ 261,008,750  
 
Intersegment
    (4,272,286 )     (3,738,876 )     (3,752,407 )
                   
 
External Publishing
    257,535,429       251,333,791       257,256,343  
 
Cable
    121,392,780       113,672,528       105,305,136  
 
Intersegment
    (176,600 )     (104,708 )     (88,634 )
                   
 
External Cable
    121,216,180       113,567,820       105,216,502  
 
Broadcasting
    39,444,103       39,406,282       39,964,031  
 
Other
    20,157,582       19,784,459       20,152,011  
                   
    $ 438,353,294     $ 424,092,352     $ 422,588,887  
                   
Operating income (loss):
                       
 
Publishing
  $ 3,600,314     $ 1,951,028     $ 11,579,680  
 
Intersegment
    (4,019,073 )     (3,495,751 )     (3,510,293 )
                   
 
Net Publishing
    (418,759 )     (1,544,723 )     8,069,387  
 
Cable
    4,482,358       5,423,545       6,188,202  
 
Intersegment
    4,112,295       3,601,889       3,881,816  
                   
 
Net Cable
    8,594,653       9,025,434       10,070,018  
 
Broadcasting
    3,057,213       (5,665,066 )     3,651,090  
 
Corporate expenses
    (4,830,588 )     (4,398,354 )     (6,045,826 )
 
Other
    2,086,824       2,333,057       2,452,768  
                   
      8,489,343       (249,652 )     18,197,437  
Nonoperating expense, net
    (15,354,434 )     (14,614,946 )     (11,407,856 )
                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
  $ (6,865,091 )   $ (14,864,598 )   $ 6,789,581  
                   

F-23


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12. Business Segment Information (continued)
                             
    Year Ended December 31
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Depreciation:
                       
 
Publishing
  $ 9,754,281     $ 10,565,824     $ 11,299,600  
 
Cable
    32,612,117       30,009,614       26,681,076  
 
Broadcasting
    2,562,061       2,874,373       2,659,875  
 
Other
    4,460,517       4,265,612       4,112,575  
                   
    $ 49,388,976     $ 47,715,423     $ 44,753,126  
                   
Amortization of intangibles and deferred charges:
                       
   
Publishing
  $ 356,567     $ 352,993     $ 352,668  
   
Cable
    739,563       739,563       559,597  
   
Broadcasting
    16,940       16,940       16,940  
   
Other
    1,715,043       1,974,289       2,082,144  
                   
    $ 2,828,113     $ 3,083,785     $ 3,011,349  
                   
Capital expenditures:
                       
 
Publishing
  $ 15,985,458     $ 17,654,960     $ 4,786,521  
 
Cable
    30,477,641       33,332,550       21,118,021  
 
Broadcasting
    2,399,394       1,356,185       3,263,438  
 
Other
    2,342,054       2,725,878       2,862,683  
                   
    $ 51,204,547     $ 55,069,573     $ 32,030,663  
                   
                           
    December 31
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Assets:
                       
 
Publishing
  $ 209,284,931     $ 203,593,402     $ 190,091,233  
 
Cable
    154,781,035       158,462,203       158,749,105  
 
Broadcasting
    51,227,135       53,182,373       64,535,074  
 
Other
    47,462,014       63,442,652       98,349,265  
                   
    $ 462,755,115     $ 478,680,630     $ 511,724,677  
                   

F-24


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
13. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
      The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
                                 
    2004
     
    Quarter 1   Quarter 2   Quarter 3   Quarter 4
                 
Revenue, as reported
  $ 104,494     $ 108,581     $ 105,659          
Reclassify cable segment franchise fees
    948       986       982          
                         
Revenue, as restated
  $ 105,442     $ 109,567     $ 106,641     $ 116,703  
                         
Operating income, as reported
  $ (1,731 )   $ 3,719     $ (2,487 )        
Adjust post-retirement benefit expense
    498       498                  
                         
Operating income, as restated
  $ (1,233 )   $ 4,217     $ (2,487 )   $ 7,992  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, as reported
  $ (11,029 )   $ 8,750     $ (9,471 )        
Adjust post-retirement benefit expense
    498       498                  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, as restated
  $ (10,531 )   $ 9,248     $ (9,471 )   $ 3,984  
                         
Net income (loss), as reported
  $ (11,029 )   $ 8,750     $ (9,471 )        
Adjust post-retirement benefit expense
    498       498                  
                         
Net income (loss), as restated
  $ (10,531 )   $ 9,248     $ (9,471 )   $ 3,984  
                         
                                 
    2003
     
    Quarter 1   Quarter 2   Quarter 3   Quarter 4
                 
Revenue, as reported
  $ 100,382     $ 106,899     $ 101,070          
Reclassify cable segment franchise fees
    1,014       1,067       1,031          
                         
Revenue, as restated
  $ 101,396     $ 107,966     $ 102,101     $ 112,629  
                         
Operating income, as restated
  $ 286     $ 5,867     $ (2,268 )   $ (4,135 )
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, as restated
  $ (4,076 )   $ (645 )   $ (1,406 )   $ (33,484 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (4,188 )   $ (898 )   $ (1,455 )   $ (34,031 )
                         
      The quarterly results of operations presented above reflect the reclassification of cable segment franchise fees to be reported in revenues on a gross basis as discussed in Note 1. Quarterly results for 2004 reflect the restatement of net periodic post-retirement benefit cost for recognition of anticipated Medicare subsidy receipts as discussed in Note 9. Net income for the fourth quarter of 2003 reflects an income tax charge for a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as discussed Note 4. In addition, fluctuations in the non-cash gain or loss recorded on interest-rate swap contracts contribute to variability in quarterly net income for both years.

F-25


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information
      The Company’s senior credit facilities and senior subordinated notes are guaranteed jointly and severally by all of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the Guarantors). Such guarantees are full and unconditional. WAND (TV) Partnership, a partially owned subsidiary of the Company, is not a guarantor of the new credit facilities.
      Supplemental consolidating financial information of the Company, specifically including such information for the Guarantors, is presented below. Financial information for the Parent Company includes both the Holding Company and its one division, The Toledo Blade Company. Investments in subsidiaries are presented using the cost method of accounting and eliminated. Separate financial statements of the Guarantors are not provided as the consolidating financial information contained herein provides a more meaningful disclosure to allow investors to determine the nature of assets held and the operations of the combined groups.
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2004
                                           
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Assets:
                                       
 
Current assets
  $ 13,408,705     $ 59,438,154     $ 3,317,023     $ 1,218,351     $ 77,382,233  
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    22,577,843       225,992,152       4,559,607       (1,352,913 )     251,776,689  
 
Intangibles, net
    3,889,430       56,525,553       19,690,900       198,489       80,304,372  
 
Cash value of life insurance, net
    29,955,235                         29,955,235  
 
Prepaid pension costs
          2,902,022                   2,902,022  
 
Pension intangibles
    1,675,480       7,797,146                   9,472,626  
 
Investments in subsidiaries
    162,723,208                   (162,723,208 )      
 
Other
    (9,837,772 )     20,766,777       32,933             10,961,938  
                               
    $ 224,392,129     $ 373,421,804     $ 27,600,463     $ (162,659,281 )   $ 462,755,115  
                               
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
                                       
 
Current liabilities
  $ 15,703,721     $ 55,297,926     $ 916,645     $ 1,216,415     $ 73,134,707  
 
Long-term debt
    264,084,074                         264,084,074  
 
Other long-term obligations
    4,040,814       238,731,323       32,067       (89,892,065 )     152,912,139  
 
Minority interest
                      9,039,713       9,039,713  
 
Stockholders’ equity
    (59,436,480 )     79,392,555       26,651,751       (83,023,344 )     (36,415,518 )
                               
    $ 224,392,129     $ 373,421,804     $ 27,600,463     $ (162,659,281 )   $ 462,755,115  
                               

F-26


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2003
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Assets:
                                       
Current assets
  $ 25,790,099     $ 57,688,341     $ 2,013,029     $ 438,785     $ 85,930,254  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    24,430,830       224,727,950       5,476,277       (910,252 )     253,724,805  
Intangibles, net
    4,069,888       57,587,468       19,690,900       198,489       81,546,745  
Cash value of life insurance, net
    27,466,424       237,317                   27,703,741  
Prepaid pension costs
          2,778,300                   2,778,300  
Pension intangibles
    2,695,373       9,117,485                   11,812,858  
Investments in subsidiaries
    173,607,302                   (173,607,302 )      
Other
    (6,914,956 )     22,098,883                   15,183,927  
                               
    $ 251,144,960     $ 374,235,744     $ 27,180,206     $ (173,880,280 )   $ 478,680,630  
                               
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Current liabilities
  $ 17,061,841     $ 54,367,604     $ 405,057     $ 437,584     $ 72,272,086  
Long-term debt
    270,779,168                         270,779,168  
Other long-term obligations
    8,911,722       245,727,823             (100,776,894 )     153,862,651  
Minority interest
                      9,080,434       9,080,434  
Stockholders’ equity
    (45,607,771 )     74,140,317       26,775,149       (82,621,404 )     (27,313,709 )
                               
    $ 251,144,960     $ 374,235,744     $ 27,180,206     $ (173,880,280 )   $ 478,680,630  
                               

F-27


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
Year Ended December 31, 2004
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Revenue
  $ 86,755,577     $ 360,355,384     $ 6,604,837     $ (15,362,504 )   $ 438,353,294  
Expenses
    87,578,429       350,469,686       6,735,679       (14,919,843 )     429,863,951  
                               
Operating income (loss)
    (822,852 )     9,885,698       (130,842 )     (442,661 )     8,489,343  
Nonoperating income (expense)
    (15,329,647 )     (32,231 )     7,444             (15,354,434 )
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (16,152,499 )     9,853,467       (123,398 )     (442,661 )     (6,865,091 )
Provision for income taxes
    (3,998,759 )     3,944,737                   (54,022 )
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest
    (12,153,740 )     5,908,730       (123,398 )     (442,661 )     (6,811,069 )
Minority interest
                      40,721       40,721  
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (12,153,740 )   $ 5,908,730     $ (123,398 )   $ (401,940 )   $ (6,770,348 )
                               

F-28


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
Year Ended December 31, 2003
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Revenue
  $ 85,141,867     $ 347,183,293     $ 6,359,922     $ (14,592,730 )   $ 424,092,352  
Expenses
    87,162,950       335,460,435       15,028,670       (13,310,051 )     424,342,004  
                               
Operating income (loss)
    (2,021,083 )     11,722,858       (8,668,748 )     (1,282,679 )     (249,652 )
Nonoperating income (expense)
    (13,070,589 )     (1,544,001 )     (356 )           (14,614,946 )
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (15,091,672 )     10,178,857       (8,669,104 )     (1,282,679 )     (14,864,598 )
Provision for income taxes
    24,460,550       3,147,035                   27,607,585  
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest
    (39,552,222 )     7,031,822       (8,669,104 )     (1,282,679 )     (42,472,183 )
Minority interest
                      2,860,804       2,860,804  
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (39,552,222 )     7,031,822       (8,669,104 )     1,578,125       (39,611,379 )
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax
          (960,213 )                 (960,213 )
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (39,552,222 )   $ 6,071,609     $ (8,669,104 )   $ 1,578,125     $ (40,571,592 )
                               

F-29


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Revenue
  $ 84,293,867     $ 340,668,990     $ 8,087,156     $ (10,461,126 )   $ 422,588,887  
Expenses
    86,934,454       321,596,790       6,661,172       (10,800,966 )     404,391,450  
                               
Operating income (loss)
    (2,640,587 )     19,072,200       1,425,984       339,840       18,197,437  
Nonoperating income (expense)
    (9,791,057 )     (1,635,784 )     18,985             (11,407,856 )
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (12,431,644 )     17,436,416       1,444,969       339,840       6,789,581  
Provision (credit) for income taxes
    (3,656,350 )     6,591,298                   2,934,948  
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest
    (8,775,294 )     10,845,118       1,444,969       339,840       3,854,633  
Minority interest
                      (476,840 )     (476,840 )
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (8,775,294 )     10,845,118       1,444,969       (137,000 )     3,377,793  
Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax
          (837,347 )                 (837,347 )
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (8,775,294 )   $ 10,007,771     $ 1,444,969     $ (137,000 )   $ 2,540,446  
                               

F-30


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2004
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (4,918,962 )   $ 56,130,739     $ 1,475,855     $ (443,396 )   $ 52,244,236  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (2,454,192 )     (49,022,938 )     (170,033 )     442,661       (51,204,547 )
Other investing activities
    (2,455,861 )     432,946                   (2,022,915 )
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (4,910,053 )     (48,590,037 )     (170,033 )     442,661       (53,227,462 )
Payments on long-term debt
    (6,100,000 )                       (6,100,000 )
Other financing activities
    (7,120,917 )     (7,951,085 )           735       (829,433 )
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,020,917       (7,951,085 )           735       (6,929,433 )
                               
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
    (8,808,098 )     (410,383 )     1,305,822             (7,912,659 )
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year
    10,828,912       89,752       542,619             11,461,283  
                               
Cash and equivalents at end of year
  $ 2,020,814     $ 320,631     $ 1,848,441     $     $ 3,548,624  
                               

F-31


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2003
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (11,722,227 )   $ 54,534,373     $ 729,530     $ (1,281,615 )   $ 42,260,061  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (1,543,943 )     (54,073,330 )     (658,123 )     1,282,679       (54,992,717 )
Other investing activities
    (87,619 )     133,764                   46,145  
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (1,631,562 )     (53,939,566 )     (658,123 )     1,282,679       (54,946,572 )
Borrowings on term loan
    20,000,000                         20,000,000  
Payments on long-term debt
    (4,346,000 )                       (4,346,000 )
Other financing activities
    (326,099 )     (960,688 )           (1,064 )     (1,287,851 )
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    15,327,901       (960,688 )           (1,064 )     14,366,149  
                               
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
    1,974,112       (365,881 )     71,407             1,679,638  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year
    8,854,800       455,633       471,212             9,781,645  
                               
Cash and equivalents at end of year
  $ 10,828,912     $ 89,752     $ 542,619     $     $ 11,461,283  
                               

F-32


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Supplemental Guarantor Information (continued)
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                         
    Unconsolidated        
             
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor        
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiary   Eliminations   Consolidated
                     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (28,987,131 )   $ 62,449,424     $ 1,172,642     $ 430,792     $ 35,065,727  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (1,011,528 )     (28,255,872 )     (1,063,021 )     (339,840 )     (30,670,261 )
Other investing activities
    (2,623,606 )     884,841                   (1,738,765 )
                               
Net cash used in investing activities
    (3,635,134 )     (27,371,031 )     (1,063,021 )     (339,840 )     (32,409,026 )
Issuance of subordinated note
    175,000,000                         175,000,000  
Borrowings on term loan
    75,000,000                         75,000,000  
Payments on long-term debt
    (142,874,000 )                       (142,874,000 )
Payments on long-term revolver
    (92,500,000 )                       (92,500,000 )
Other financing activities
    23,664,987       (34,557,823 )     (2,400,000 )     (90,952 )     (13,383,788 )
                               
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    38,290,987       (34,557,823 )     (2,400,000 )     (90,952 )     1,242,212  
                               
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
    5,668,722       520,570       (2,290,379 )           3,898,913  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year
    3,186,078       (64,937 )     2,761,591             5,882,732  
                               
Cash and equivalents at end of year
  $ 8,854,800     $ 455,633     $ 471,212     $     $ 9,781,645  
                               

F-33


Table of Contents

BLOCK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Three Years Ended December 31, 2004
                                 
    Balance at   Charged to Costs       Balance at
    January 1, 2004   and Expenses   Deductions(1)   December 31, 2004
                 
    (In thousands)
Allowance for doubtful receivables and discounts
  $ 3,548     $ 4,650     $ 4,358     $ 3,840  
Deferred tax valuation allowance
    32,342       2,991             35,333  
                                 
    Balance at   Charged to Costs       Balance at
    January 1, 2003   and Expenses   Deductions(1)   December 31, 2003
                 
Allowance for doubtful receivables and discounts
  $ 3,552     $ 3,815     $ 3,819     $ 3,548  
Deferred tax valuation allowance
    745       31,597             32,342  
                                 
    Balance at   Charged to Costs       Balance at
    January 1, 2002   and Expenses   Deductions(1)   December 31, 2002
                 
Allowance for doubtful receivables and discounts
  $ 4,861     $ 2,891     $ 4,200     $ 3,552  
Deferred tax valuation allowance
    587       158             745  
 
(1)  Deductions represent accounts receivable written off as uncollectible or credits given.

S-1


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Block Communications, Inc. (the “Registrant”) has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
  Block Communications, Inc.
  By:  /s/ Allan Block
 
 
  Allan Block,
  Chairman of Board of Directors
Date: March 24, 2005
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Allan Block
 
Allan Block
  Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 24, 2005
 
/s/ William Block Jr.
 
William Block Jr.
  Director   March 24, 2005
 
/s/ David G. Huey
 
David G. Huey
  President and Director   March 24, 2005
 
/s/ Gary J. Blair
 
Gary J. Blair
  Executive Vice President/
Chief Financial Officer and Director
  March 24, 2005
 
/s/ Jodi L. Miehls
 
Jodi L. Miehls
  Treasurer/
Chief Accounting Officer
  March 24, 2005
 

 
Barbara Burney
  Director    
 
/s/ John R. Block
 
John R. Block
  Director   March 24, 2005
 

 
Donald G. Block
  Director    
 

 
Mary G. Block
  Director    
 

 
Karen D. Johnese
  Director    
 

 
Cyrus P. Block
  Director    
 
/s/ Fritz Byers
 
Fritz Byers
  General Counsel and Director   March 24, 2005
 
/s/ Diana Block
 
Diana Block
  Director   March 24, 2005
 
/s/ Harold O. Davis
 
Harold O. Davis
  Director   March 24, 2005


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
         
  3 .1   Articles of Incorporation of Block Communications, Inc. (the ‘Company”), as amended to date, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  3 .2   Code of Regulations of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  3 .3   Close Corporation Operating Agreement, dated December 12, 1988, by and among the Company (f/n/a Blade Communications, Inc.) and the holders of all of its issued and outstanding stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  3 .4   Agreement to Amend and Extend Close Corporation Operating Agreement, dated October 15, 1994, by and among the Company (f/n/a Blade Communications, Inc.) and the holders of all of its issued and outstanding stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  3 .5   Agreement to Amend and Extend Close Corporation Operating Agreement, effective January 1, 2005, by and among the Company (f/n/a Blade Communications, Inc.) and the holders of all of its issued and outstanding stock.
  3 .6   Amendments to Close Corporation Operating Agreement, effective February 22, 2005, by and among the Company (f/n/a Blade Communications, Inc.) and the holders of all of its issued and outstanding stock.
  4 .1   Indenture, dated as of April 18, 2002, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .2   Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .3   Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among each of the Guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .4   Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company, each of the Guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .5   Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company, each of the Guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .6   Assignment of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, updated, by and among the Company, each of the Guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .7   Securities Pledge Agreement, by and among the Company, each Guarantor that owns Subsidiary Securities, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .8   Mortgage, dated May 15, 2002, between Block Communication, Inc, and Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  4 .9   Amendment No. 1 dated September 12, 2002 to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q #333-96619 for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002.
  4 .10   Amendment No. 2 dated September 30, 2003 to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q #333-96619 for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003.


Table of Contents

         
  4 .11   Amendment No. 3 dated March 19, 2004 to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K #333-96619 for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  4 .12   Amendment No. 4 dated February 1, 2005 to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
  10 .1*   Phantom Stock Plan, dated December 13, 1999, for Block Communications, Inc. (f/n/a Blade Communications, Inc.), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  10 .2*   Incentive Compensation Plan, dated January 1, 2004, for Block Communications, Inc., incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K #333-96619 for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  10 .3   Amendment to and Restatement of Stock Redemption Agreement, dated December 12, 1991, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  10 .4   Shareholders’ Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  10 .5*   Compensation agreement, dated May 27, 2004, by and between the Company and William K. Block, Jr.
  14 .1   Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K #333-96619 for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 #333-96619.
  31 .1   Certification of the Managing Director pursuant to Rule 15d-14(a).
  31 .2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 15d-14(a).
  32 .1   Certification of the Managing Director pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350.
  32 .2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350.
 
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.